Kinky Kirsty 1 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Part one of a trilogy, whilst writing this one, I already have parts 2 & 3 written . I am telling you this as part three of the story, will take place in a Zoom call to Kirsty. This Zoom call is for Kirsty to read what has been written and agree for me to publish.Yes, Kirsty is real, and the “story” is based on real life. Now, you are wondering how much is true to life, well some parts have been “embellished”, so now for you figure out, by how much .. therefore this is listed as fiction.

This first story I am writing in the tense of being the male, my partner, as despite Kirsty giving me the details, some of them faded in my memory due to other events! So, he had to fill me in one some. In story 2 and 3, I am myself, Lou x.

Kirsty is a lovely Lady, however she has a deep, ravishing, and unstoppable sex drive. You would pass her by in the street and probably not give her a second look. Your typical “girl next door” type. Nothing fancy, no peroxide blonde stunning hair, nor dark jet black, a lovely shade of natural brown. Wearing normal clothes out in the street, she would be the lady next to you on the train, the bus, the tube, the pleasant lady in a bar, at a coffee stand, in your office, or your workplace, who you would say hi too, exchange pleasantries and she would smile and be polite. We all have a Kirsty, all around us every day. So, how do you spot her, how do you know??? Well, the fun is trying to find out and release her inner naughtiness. If you do manage to find your Kirsty, you will find that she could teach the art of being dirty, being rude, being disgusting. She will not stop at ensuring every, and I mean every sexual pleasure is achieved. She has a totally disgusting mind, which once entered will release carnal thoughts and desires you never knew existed. The only possible downfall, (if you could call it a downfall) to her being an excellent purveyor and trainer of depraved sexual encounters, is that she must be involved, participation is her middle name. so maybe not a good teacher! OK to the story….

08:52 am, Kirsty came through the door, and gave me a twirl. Her face looked flushed, however she flung her coat across the room on to the cupboard and displayed her new work uniform looking very proud. I looked her up and down, “would be rude not too, and I was not perving as she was showing me her new attire!” I thought to myself. Kirsty looked at absolute picture, her lovely flowing brown hair, neatly tied to one side of her head with a nice sparkling clip. Her glowing red cheeks from the coldness outside, a lovely cheeky smile and her tongue peeping out from the side of her mouth. “Hmmmm was she teasing me, no, never, she is a good girl and my employee”. Looking further down her body, she wore a neatly pressed blouse, which was light blue with the company logo on the left breast, her name in italics on the right one. The fabric of the blouse was slightly lightweight, and I could just make out a black bra beneath. Down to her skirt, dark blue pleated, down to the knee, which was flared and when she turned swiftly around it lifted as she swung her hips, I got a very quick glimpse of stocking top on her left leg as she seductively lifted that leg. Instantly I had to pull myself under the desk as I had become very aroused and needed to hide my erection. She then stood with her back to me and both feet firmly planted on the floor and slightly apart I saw her black patent heeled shoes, only a couple of inches at the heel, however this did have the desired effect of shaping her wonderful, rounded calves and perfectly pert rear end, she turned her head, looked over her shoulder “ what do you think boss?”, stuttering I said “ very professional, just the type of image we were looking for”, Whilst thinking “my god, she looks so sexy, with stockings beneath that, I could just throw her on the desk and fuck her so hard”. I shocked myself with this thought, as this was never in my imagination before, and usually I would want to make love slowly and be very gentle and passionate, however her look made my testosterone rise and it was pure animal lust I was feeling. I had to calm down now as we had a very busy day.

“What needs doing today boss?”, looking up from my laptop I gave several tasks which needed doing, “ how about a coffee too?” “yeh good idea she said, a little early for you though?” and with that she stood and walked past me towards the kitchen area, my mind was in overdrive and I was watching to see if she had suspenders on, or were they just hold ups? Frustratingly because her skirt was pleated I was unable to make out and line of a suspender. On her return she bent over the desk right across the front of me to place the cup on to the mat, which was the other side of me, her blouse was open just enough to see directly down to her bra, and her lovely cleavage. Kirsty had lovely firm breasts, not massive however had a great shape, firm, and just enough to be naughty with. “ Why was I thinking this way, I never have before” … Throughout the rest of the day I had the feeling that something wrong, but could not put my finger on it, something was different. We had worked closely together for over a year, no suggestion of anything sexual had even crossed my mind in this time, yes she was lovely, but I was several years senior to her, something was definitely different today. As the day progressed Kirsty kept doing little things I had never noticed before, she went to the filing cabinet, I am sure she always bent at the knee to recover documents, this was only usually once or twice in a day also. We were now just before lunch, Kirsty has been to the files around 10 to 12 times, every time she is bending at the waist allowing her skirt to rise, showing those spectacular nylon covered legs. She had obviously been practising this, as she knew exactly how far to bend over to only show enough and I could not get a glimpse of her stocking tops again. “Another drink?” “water this time please, I am all coffee’d out” I only normally have two cups, this would have been coffee number 5, again Kirsty bent across the desk giving me a teasing view of her lovely breasts.

At lunch Kirsty said she was going to the shops “do you want anything?” she said, “no thanks, I am all good” when really thinking “YES bend over that desk I want to fuck you hard”. Phew that was close, did I nearly say that out loud? I was thinking I really need to get to the men’s room and go and relieve myself, I was not sure if I could get through the afternoon in this state, unfortunately the phone rang, and it was one of our best customers. Ms Walsh, “hi, look, I have this problem, Kirsty was supposed to send me my reports for me to read today, I have an important meeting tomorrow and need to be prepared” Jane (Ms Walsh) said. “No worries Jane, we have been a little behind, but I am sure we can get something sorted for you this afternoon” “not good, she said, I will have to change my plans around and get over to your office” “ you are welcome anytime, just drop me a text”, I could hear the indignation in her voice, she was not happy. “OK, I am going home to get changed etc, and I will be at your office around 5, traffic willing”, “OK no problem I will be here”, with that the phone went dead. I was not happy, Janes company was 74% of our business, our best payer and was keeping us going through the tough times, very important to us.

Kirsty was soon back from getting her lunch, her face looked like thunder, as the door flung open she said “ he is an absolute dick”, eyes wide I said “who”, “my other fucking half, he has just told me he is going away this evening on a conference and will not be back until Friday, I am sure he is fucking his secretary, she is an old slapper in her 50’s, but he likes a mother figure” Wow I wasn’t expecting that, however, head back in the room “ Sorry to hear that, but we have a problem too, Ms Walsh has just been on and says you have not sent her a report”. “Shit, oh so sorry boss, so sorry for swearing, and so sorry for my outburst about HIM” she said hissing out the “him”! “It’s not a problem about swearing and venting about your other half, but we need to look at this report situation”. Kirsty looking tearful said “I am sure she wanted it for a Friday meeting, and she said Thursday would be fine, let me check my mails” Going into her mails, she turned and said, “ yes, can you get the information to me by Thursday am, as I have to prepare for a meeting Friday”. I could see the tears welling up and I knew the pressure was getting on her, so I said, “ right sit down and eat your lunch, I will make you a drink and we will discuss options for all of this”. Kirsty turned to me and smiled “no need for a drink, I have water from the shop”. “OK, well stop all your random thoughts and focus on relaxing and eating your lunch”. I turned up the radio, with some soothing music on and diverted the phone to the other office.

We sat for a good 20 to 30 minutes, listening to the radio and not speaking, then Kirsty stood and said “right, this report, what’s happening?” “ Jane is coming over around 5 and we have to have something for her to read up on, how long will it take you to complete?” “ about 3 hours, but she has also asked for some power point slides to go with them” Kirsty looked down at her feet, “OK, send me what you have, and I will do the power point, but you owe me” I said, with a little glint in my eye. Lifting her head, she smiled and said, “what will I owe you,” she had a devil look in her eyes and she licked her lips as she finished saying it. “Let’s get on with this report otherwise we will not get done” with that she sat at her desk and started typing furiously.

The afternoon was quiet until around 4 pm, except for a little talk about sending each other reports, and the occasional time when I disturbed her by swinging my laptop around to show her the presentation. As the afternoon went on, I could feel the pressure lift from Kirsty, also from me, as I knew we were going to nail this presentation and report. Kirsty turned to me and then said, “I think I am done, I have nailed it” with that her phone went off, it was a text, she read it and her face went red, “Excuse me a minute” she left out of the fire door, I could then hear her voice being raised, so I went up to the door, to check she was OK, I then heard her say, “look, I am not going to be home at 5, I have more important things to tend to, go and fuck yourself, or get the old slapper to fuck you, I don’t really care” with that I hear the click as her heels were coming back down the corridor to the office. She came in the door and announced, “well that’s him dealt with, you can take whatever I owe you out of my body, now where were we with this report and presentation?” My mouth dropped, “what did you just say?”, “you heard me boss and I think the bit you are clarifying is the part where I said you can take whatever I owe you out of my body, is that correct?”. Still wide mouthed, properly shocked by what she had said, I said, “OK Ms K, you are so naughty” to which she turned and grinned. Sweetly she glanced over to me and said, “Boss, how is the presentation doing?” I was about to turn my laptop around, when she leant forward, showing her cleavage again and opened her legs slightly, still not able to view her stocking tops, she was properly teasing me. She then stood, held her skirt slightly so as she stood it rose, two fingers from her left hand holding the hem, little finger pointing outward, she looked so seductive, rising up her leg, “this was it” I thought, just as she got to her stocking top, she released her grip on the hem and I was frustrated again. She walked over the room, leant in by the side of me with her elbows on the desk, looking at my screen. I could clearly see down her blouse, getting a far better view of her lacy bra, I could also clearly see her hard nipples trying to break through the lacy fabric.

I ran through all of the slides on the presentation, not saying a word, Kirsty on the other hand was passing comments “that’s good, I like that, that’s creative, excellent work Sir, thank you for doing this for me” load’s of niceties, the one that rang in my ears was the “excellent work sir” … … why did she say Sir? Hmmmm thinking and pausing for several seconds, no I had to ask “Kirsty, why did you call me Sir?” “Well Sir, thought it was better than Daddy” Ring Ring came the sound as the office doorbell went and interrupted us, fuck, that was just getting interesting, Kirsty was obviously going submissive on me, shit shit shit, the damn door. Looking up at the clock on the wall, it was 5, “fuck it will be Jane, Kirsty, go and let her in” I ordered “of course Sir,” was her repost as she swiftly turned, swayed her hips and went for the office door, as she swung, her hem lifted again, a little glimpse of stocking top, again no view of a suspender, so frustrating.

Kirsty returned swiftly with Jane following her, “let me show you into the office Ms Walsh, can I get you anything?” “You can get me an explanation as to why this report was not on my desk earlier today, a man for tonight, I have just had a date cancelled and a coffee, white no sugar” “Yes Miss, I am sure we will sort this ALL out for you”, “Here Boss, Ms Walsh for you, I am off to make her a drink”. “Hi Jane, how’s your day, dare I ask?” .. .. A long pause “Can I speak openly?” Jane said, “Of course, only us here”, “I am properly fucked off, day from hell, first this report and presentation is not done and I promised my director I would have it done for the morning, and then I was supposed to be at a dinner tonight and he has just cancelled” “So sorry to hear that, I must say I was surprised how you were dressed when you came in, may I say you look gorgeous, I know that may not be PC, however I am not sure of any other words I could use” “Thank you said Jane, now come on, I am sure we all have homes to go to, and I have a presentation to write”. With that the door opened and in came Kirsty with the drinks, “here Ms Walsh, your drink.” “Thank you Kirsty, now what’s happened to the report, have you been punished for missing the deadline?” I interrupted, “Jane, we have read the mail, and you asked for it Thursday am, however, we appreciate you so much that we have done the report, here all 22 pages and we have done you the presentation, so all you have to do is tweak it” With that I turned the lights down and fired up the two projectors, one had the presentation, one had the report. Jane turned to Kirsty and said, “sorry for thinking you had messed up, and saying you should be punished” “Not a problem Ms Walsh, shame I was looking forward to the punishment” she smiled, “Please call me Jane” another smile and a twinkle in Jane’s eye. “Ok, let’s look at this presentation” I said, with that Jane’s eyes went to the screens and Kirsty went to her desk. Rather than sitting in her chair, Kirsty sat on the edge, behind Jane, her hands were on top of her skirt, above her thighs, as I was going through the presentation, I could see Kirsty out of the corner of my eye, she was rubbing up and down her thighs, lifting her skirt. Then I got the sight that made me pause, a glint from the top of her stocking, it was definitely a silver metal suspender support clipped to the top of her stockings. I may have only been a fleeting glimpse, as she straightened her skirt and pulled it down again. The presentation was over in about half an hour, we had been through it all and Jane loved it. As soon as it was finished she jumped up, and said excellent, she only had to tweak a little, besides that it was all done. She turned to me and gave me a hug, she then turned to Kirsty and did the same, “thank you both so much, how can I ever repay you?” “Not needed I said, we support you and we are here to help” Kirsty then joined the conversation “ Not a problem at all, let me just mail them over to you, and you can do whatever you want with them later, now do I still need discipline Ms?”

Jane looked at Kirsty and smiled, she then stood and took her shawl off her shoulders. The light was still down, the reflection from the projectors lit up the room and then I realised what Jane was wearing, she had a black, silky wrap-over dress, which as she stood gave me a lovely view of her dark stockinged legs, wrap-over heeled shoes which were strapped up around her ankles. Her silhouette made her large breasts prominent, her long blond hair reflected in the light as she moved across the room. She put her hand out to Kirsty, who looked up, paused then gently moved her hand to meet Jane’s, with that Jane pulled Kirsty to her feet, across the room and to my desk. Kirsty almost squealed as she was thrust across the room, Jane forced her body down on to my desk, then spanked her arse, “I am going to get me kit bag, keep her there” Jane said. Kirsty tilted her head towards me and said, “sorry Sir, have I been a naughty girl?” with a very dirty smile on her face, “yes, very naughty and you will be punished”, with that I pulled her skirt up to reveal black lacy panties, suspenders to match with a silver clasp on to very sexy black stockings with white bows. “Naughty, naughty girl” I said as I spanked her bum, slap, slap, I then heard the door opening and Jane came striding in with a large black holdall and laid it on the floor. Jane then came and sat on Kirsty’s arse, as if she were not there, Jane opened her legs to give a lovely view of her full thighs and lovely stockings. “I have this kit for my friends, they treat me like a slut, whenever I am in the mood, so Sir, are you willing to punish two whores tonight?” “Fuck YES” I stuttered again. Gaining my composure, I looked in the bag, it was briming with ropes, chains, restraints, straps, dildo’s, strap-on’s, tape, cuffs, butt plugs, everything one would need to have a real perverted play time.

KID IN A FUCKING SWEETIE STORE I thought, “Right bitches, who’s the dirtiest slut?” In unison, “me sir, me sir” then Kirsty said, “I am a dirty whore sir”, overlapped by Jane saying, “I am a slut sir”, “SHUT UP, both of you stand facing the wall with your hands and legs spread, and only speak when I address you, is that understood Jane? “Yes Sir”, Kirsty? “Yes Sir” with that Jane got up from sitting on Kirsty and proceeded to walk towards the wall untying her dress. WHACK, I whipped her arse with a cane from the bag, she squealed “DID I TELL YOU TO UNDO YOUR DRESS” I bellowed. Kirsty saw this and ran to the wall with her hands in the air and her skirt still tucked in her waist band and assumed the prone position, hands high, legs apart. Jane, with a whimper in her voice said “no sir”, “right lift your dress up Jane” I ordered, she did as she was told, as soon as the lifting motion had got her dress above her arse cheeks, whack whack, two very swift lashes of her arse were delivered. A tear was forming in the side of her eye, I knew that had stung, “did you like that Jane?” “Yes” she cried, “YES WHAT?, “Yes sir” I could now see that she had tears falling, so I thought that was probably enough of that for the moment, looking across at Kirsty, she was smiling at what she had just seen, so as I turned away, towards the bag, then surreptitiously I swung the cane on to her arse cheeks twice, again a scream was all I heard from her mouth. I did not question Kirsty, I could see the shock on her face though also a little tear in her eye, I knew I had hit the spot.

Looking down into the bag, I saw loads of goodies for having fun, turning over options in my head, I saw several cloth straps with buckles and Velcro fixings, now these look good, dragging them out of the bag rattled a few chains, I noticed over my shoulder that they were both watching me as I sorted through the bag. I dug deep and found two blindfolds, that will do for a start, I stood and walked toward Jane, forcing my body behind her, I took the blindfold and placed it around her eyes, then moving to Kirsty I did the same. Back to the bag, I got the Velcro straps out, I then noticed poles which slid into these straps which were extendable. I dug out two of these poles and used the straps in an X formation to Janes hands and ankles, reaching for another short one, I splayed her legs and arms open, all this fixed to her back. Now I had total control of her, I went between their two heads, licked around each of their ears neck and whispered to them, “feeling useless now bitches?” “yes sir”, I then got the same equipment out for Kirsty, now both were helpless and trussed up, still fully dressed and legs wide apart, the scent of warm moist pussy cream filled the room, I knew these bitches were hot and throbbing and they had not removed any clothes of been touched sexually. Time to change that I thought.

I grabbed Kirsty’s hair and pulled her backwards, she was useless to fight me, cradling her back I laid her on to the floor. Arms and legs spread she was so helpless. “Right Kirsty tell me what you are?” “I am a very dirty bitch Boss, I am the filthiest whore you have ever met” “You called me boss?” “Sorry sir, I am a slut with dirty aching holes sir”, “that’s better, right now we will see how dirty” With that I took my cock out and lay over Kirsty’s face, she swiftly opened her mouth and sucked me right inside, licking around with her tongue and forcing her tongue out to try and get my balls. “Very good, now let’s see what else you can do”, with that I turned and sat on her face, her tongue was straight back out, lapping at my balls and straining to reach my arse, I slid forward slightly to give her perfect access to my rectum, she did not disappoint, pulling her tongue between her lips to gain more saliva, she then went directly to my waiting sphincter, forcing her tongue deep inside, again she slid it out to gain more saliva and back inside me very deep. “Such a slut Kirsty”, she smiled sweetly, but you could see disappointment as I came away from her face. “Right Jane, your turn” I grabbed her hair and pulled her backwards, cradling her back I laid her on to the floor. “Right Jane tell me what you are?” “I am a slut with dirty aching holes sir, a dirty bitch who wants to make you happy”. Leaning over her I stuck my penis towards her mouth, she was hot as she swallowed me all down. Again, turning and sitting on Janes face, her tongue was straight back out, lapping at my balls and straining to reach my arse, I slid forward slightly to give her perfect access to my rectum, she teased around my hole, but did not force her tongue in, she licked and licked both balls and rimmed me, but nothing more.

I had decided at this point that Kirsty would be the one getting the attention first, she was obviously the slut I needed to abuse, after probing my arsehole. With that I undid her straps and ordered her to stand, I took away the shackles and told her to undo her blouse “Yes sir” whilst Kirsty was undoing the buttons, I grabbed the strapless dildo I had noticed in the bag, I pulled Kirsty over Jane and ordered her to drop to her knees, over Jane’s middle and open her mouth. I stuck the end in to her mouth which is usually the end for the giver. She took it willingly, whilst Kirsty was slurping and sucking the dildo, I ran my hand up Janes leg and pulled her pants to one side, looking down at her wonderful wet pussy sent shivers down my spine and too my crotch, oh I so wanted to lick that, however I had other plans. I took the dildo out of Kirsty’s mouth and forced her head down between Janes thighs. “Lick the bitch” I ordered, Kirsty still blindfolded was licking round with her tongue trying to find the moist hole, I was being a devil, whenever Kirsty was getting close, I would either pull her hair, or move Jane a little, so as Kirsty would have to lick again to find Janes love hole. After a short time, I grabbed Kirsty’s hair and forced her face right into Janes waiting lips. Jane tried to buck as I did this, but all attempts to move were futile, so Kirsty could get a good lick of her waiting vagina, moans were staring to come from them both. “Is she wet enough Kirsty?” “Yes sir”, “does she taste good Kirsty?” “ I.. I .. Don’t know Sir, I have never tasted a woman before” she stammered, “but she tastes nice” with that I pulled Kirsty’s head away. Looking at Janes luscious lips, I grabbed the dildo and forced it into her hole. I then pulled Kirsty up and got her to move forward, standing her just above the waiting strapless dildo, I pulled Kirsty’s panties to one side and forced her down on to the awaiting shaft, they both let out a sigh as the dildo slipped into Kirsty and obviously forced down against Janes pussy. Bending Kirsty’s knees back to align with Janes legs they were both trying to move and fuck each other. I grabbed the rope from the bag and proceeded to tie them together, they were bucking and moaning as I did this. Gradually I managed to get both left thighs tied, then both right, they were stuck together but still able to move, I then went between the legs and up around the pussy and arse cheeks, forcing them to open wider, both girls were still trying to wriggle to feel movement of the cock between them, so I pulled the rope tighter, this was now digging into the soft flesh of their arse cheeks. Gradually I was taking all control and movement, I then forced Kirsty’s face down to Janes breasts and started to secure their bodies. Movement was now very restricted. I decided I could now remove the blindfold’s they could now see each other, also the predicament they were in. Kirsty had just enough movement in her head to get to Janes breasts, “suck the sluts nipples, make the bitches nipples hard, bite them and abuse them” I growled, “Yes Sir” was Kirsty’s retort, and with that she started as ordered. I went between their legs and started playing with their pussy’s, they were so wet I had to taste this for myself. Jane had a very light scent to her juice, obviously washed fastidiously and often. Kirsty’s had a more viscous feel and a sweeter taste, I liked that, and I liked it a lot. I stayed licking Kirsty for quite some time, and with the purple knob between her lips, her juices flowed far more than Jane. As Kirsty was on top, this also meant that the juices were flowing on to Jane. Ok time to take this up a little, the moaning from them was increasing, so I decided that I had to get some movement of the dildo, I reached my hand between them and gently pulled it back and forth, this was too much for Kirsty and her pussy exploded all over them both and my hand. Mmmm nice, as I licked away at it, I then cupped my hand around Kirsty’s hole and scooped up a good handful of her warm juice. Dripping from my fingers I let this run down the crack of Kirsty’s lovely arse, this was now my prize. I shoved a finger inside Kirsty’s rectum, then another, then scooping the juice with my other hand I forced another finger inside, pulling her open I could now get my hard cock deep inside. I rammed it home, hard up her arse, she whimpered as I rammed every harder and ever deeper. I could feel the hardness of the dildo inside her pussy, against my manhood, so I knew it was moving between them both. Jane was the first to start breathing deeper, and faster “ I’m cumming Sir” She screamed “ Immm cumm..” she started trying to buck but had no option to move. Feeling this, I felt Kirsty’s arse pulsing on my cock, she then started to come again, only this time she had my cock firmly in her arse, and the rock-hard dildo in her pussy, “ Fuck … fuck … FUCK me SIR, FUCK ME HARD… I am going to…” she could not get the words out as I felt the splash between my legs, and on my balls, this sent me over the edge and I unloaded stream after stream of hot cum in to Kirsty’s arse.

After a few seconds I managed to gain my composure and looked down at these two girls tied together with a wet mess between there thighs. What a site and what an aroma, a mixture of my cum and their ejaculations was a sight and smell to behold. Cheekily I took a quick picture on my phone. I then started to untie them, gradually realising body parts, and letting them free. Once I had removed all restraints, I sat back into my chair and ordered them both to come across and suck me clean “ yes sir” as they slowly crawled towards me. After licking me down for a while, Jane said she had to leave. Ok I said, back to type, games over. I stood and we helped her clean and pack her toys away. With that I led Jane and out of the office and down to her car, I kissed gently on the cheek and thanked her “no need to thank me, I had ALL the pleasure!” she smiled.

On return to the office, I could hear moaning, walking through the door I was greeted by the site of Kirsty bending sucking the security guard’s cock. “What the fuck is going on here?” Dave the security guard said, “I came in the door and Kirsty had her finger up her arse saying she wanted to taste cum, so I thought I would assist her” with a huge smile on his face. Looking down at Kirsty she was gently sucking him, “ what are doing Kirsty?” she pulled her head away from his cock “sucking Dave sir”, “That’s not sucking him, you know how to suck properly, suck him hard and deep” Kirsty then started sucking Dave faster, but not much deeper, Dave smiled. “NOT GOOD ENOUGH KIRSTY” I said sternly, grabbing her dishevelled hair I forced her mouth deep on his cock, choking her as I forced her head down. Looking at Kirsty’s throat I could see the outline of his bulbus cock rippling. Holding her head down, I could see she was struggling to breathe, holding her for a few seconds, then pulling her head back she coughed, and saliva slipped out of her mouth. As soon as she caught her breath, I rammed her head back over Dave’s full length and held it down for a few seconds. I could see tears streaming down Kirsty’s face, her make up running from her eyes, letting her up for breath again I now pulled her arse up in to the air, now for filling her pussy , I thought to myself. “Right slut, time for another hole full of cum” “mmm mmm mmm” was all Kirsty could manage, tears still falling, I pounded my cock into her very wet hole, forcing her forward on to Dave’s cock. Within moments, Dave’s eyes were rolling, and his head was falling backwards, I knew he was about to explode in Kirsty’s throat. I pulled on her hair so as she could take a last gasp of air, rocked back and then slammed in to her again, holding her forward I could hear her gagging and spluttering, I knew Dave was unloading his balls in too her. I rocked back as Dave lifted his head, Kirsty’s tears were flowing, she was gasping for air as I released the pressure and she pulled back from Dave’s Cock, cum & saliva dripping out of her mouth she started to crumple, her body giving up, her legs were crumpling like a newly born baby horse, falling in all directions. Luckily Dave saw this, dropped on to one knee and forced his other leg beneath her body to hold her prone for me to finish. This did not take long, despite Kirsty being lifeless and flopped over Dave’s knee, her pussy was throbbing, pulsing, and quivering, I then felt a trickle of moisture, just a little squirt on my balls, this swiftly turned to a torrent, then an explosion, Kirsty was definitely cumming and cumming hard. Feeling this hot explosion, it sent me directly into a spin, stars in my eyes and I didn’t even feel my semen rising in my cock, I just exploded cum into her soaking love tunnel. Gaining my composure, I pulled out of Kirsty and Dave gently laid her on to the floor. Dave looked at his watch “shit I have missed a timecard stamp, I had better be gone, you ok to alarm this side of the offices?” “yeh no problem I responded”.

Looking down at Kirsty, she had a huge smile on her face, and she was still breathing very heavily quietly she said, “thank you Sir”, I smiled back and said, “no need to keep saying sir now” “OK Boss”, which made me chuckle. “We had better get you cleaned up” I said. Looking down at her laid in the foetal position, her hair was a tangle and a mess, her grip way to far down, her face had make-up streaks from both eyes, her lipstick, all but gone, except for a few smudges, away from her luscious lips, traces of juices on her face. Her blouse was open, with one breast fully exposed, her nipple bright and like a bullet, nearly touching the carpet. Her skirt was up around her waist, one stocking was laddered and around her ankle her ripped panties were tangled with this stocking, the other stocking, still in place but stained and glistening with all of the liquids from Jane and her own pussy, mixed with my cum, she slightly opened her legs which showed cum dripping from her pussy and her arse. “Kirsty?” her eyes glance up at me, “we need to get you cleaned up, you look like a tramp and a whore who has just been properly abused” “I know I do, does it look lovely?” with a huge beaming smile on her face. “Please take a picture of me, I want to remember this moment forever” she said. After a quick picture, I grabbed some wipes, lifted her head, and placed in on my lap. I then proceeded to wipe the make-up from her cheeks, sort the lipstick smudges also the dribbles of cum from her face and chest, she sighed deeply and smiled, with her eyes closed. Then gently pulling her breast back in its bra, I then buttoned her blouse. Following this it was time to pull her hair back in to order. I was then going to move to sort her skirt and stockings, but as I moved she grabbed my leg and said “no hold me for a while, I want to treasure this feeling”. We sat for a long time, me stroking her hair and kissing her cheek, rudely we were interrupted by her phone vibrating as it had a message “fuck it, leave it she said!”, I grabbed her phone and gave it to her “Its TWAT, she said, he wants to know if I am coming home, and if so what time, fuck him, can I stay with you boss?” “ of course you can, I will just have to call Lou, but no problem” with that, she turned her phone off and rest her head back between my legs. After a short while, I suggested we should head off, Kirsty agreed, reluctantly and got up on her knees, still weak. I straightened her skirt, then got a wipe and cleaned around her stomach, between her legs, around her arse and down her thighs, as I did this I noticed a shiver from her “sorry I said, was that cold?” “far from it, that was thrill and another little orgasm” with another huge grin. I then aided her to stand, pulled the stocking up and clipped it back into place, removed her knickers, or what was left of them and placed them in my desk drawer. Standing back, she looked reasonable, maybe even presentable, but only just. Kirsty reached her arms up and gave me a very seductive kiss. “Thank you so much for that, so many of my fantasies all in one day, threesome, FFM and FMM, spit roast, anal, licking a woman, me licking a woman, bondage, restraint, every part of it was magical” “ Kirsty it was my pleasure”.

On the drive home Kirsty was coming back to herself, “ Hey, what will Lou think because you are back so late?” “Not much I said, probably excited as YOU will have to explain why we are late, don’t worry she is very open about sex, and she will love your story”.. .. .. it will lead on to the next chapter of “Kinky Kirsty”.

If you like what you have read, please let us know. I know Kirsty is looking forward to reading all your comments!

How Diana Overcame Her Shyness Ch. 03 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Diana’s story continiues.

Diana held out for as long as she could – which turned out to be not very long. Even as she hurried back to her room that night her footsteps unconsciously slowed as her mind returned, over and over, to what had just happened. She would shake it off and pick up the pace again, only to find herself drifting like a sleepwalker once more, her hand having crept under her shirt to touch the still sticky semen James had left on her abdomen.

Ohhh…his cock in her hand, in her mouth!

She came to a dead halt on the sidewalk, her breath heavy in her mouth. It was late and the campus was mostly deserted. She looked around and then stepped behind a nearby hedge. Remembering, she whispered, “Take off your clothes.”

She stripped in the moonlight, remembering his eyes on her, and knelt, completely naked, on the grass. She whispered to the imaginary James, “Please fuck my mouth again,” before shoving two, then three fingers between her lips, rubbing her clit furiously with her free hand as the scenario played out in her imagination. Oh, the little slave-girl on her knees in front of him, his cock thrusting in and out of her mouth! The taste of him, the sudden hot spurting against the back of her throat!

Her orgasm came quickly and was so intense that she doubled over, her glasses tumbling off and her face nearly touching the ground as she gasped for breath. Oh! What was happening to her? A few days ago she had hardly ever touched herself, even in the privacy of her own bed, and now here she was, naked and masturbating right out on the campus lawn like a little slut! What if someone had seen her?

Deeply ashamed, Diana wiped her wet, sticky hands on the grass and dressed hurriedly. She forced herself to walk back to her dorm at a normal pace even though what she wanted to do was run: to reach her room, dive under the covers of her bed and maybe have a little cry before going to sleep.

Her natural fastidiousness won out, however. She smelled of sweat and sex and she knew it. So when she reached her room she fumbled around in the dark for the oversize t-shirt she wore as her nightgown, being careful not to wake her roommate, and ducked into the communal shower room down the hall. She took a quick shower, looking down a little wistfully at her torso as James’ semen was washed away, then dried herself, put on her big t-shirt and padded barefoot back to her room, stuffing her clothing deep into her laundry bag before finally slipping under the covers.

Her dreams were full of anxiety: walking into a classroom and everyone turning to stare at her as she made her way to her seat, their accusing eyes full of the knowledge of what she had done. Standing in front of them, trying to explain, “But it’s not my fault! I had to, I’m his slave!”, but unable to force the words past her lips. Realizing, with horror, that she was dressed only in her t-shirt; that she was holding it up and that everyone could see that her other hand was between her legs.

Diana woke with a start and discovered that it was true: her shirt was rucked up around her hips and her hand was, in fact, between her legs. Thank god she was still under the covers, particularly as her roommate, still in bed herself, was leaning on one elbow and looking at her.

“Nightmare?” she asked. “You were mumbling and moaning in your sleep.”

Diana whipped her hand from between her legs and tried to look puzzled. “Was I? I don’t remember. But maybe you’re right. Did I wake you? I’m so sorry.”

Get a grip, Diana, she told herself, and the phrase became her mantra all through the next several days. James had offered to teach her some things about sex, and he had, and now it was over.

Diana did her best to return to her previous life, repeating her mantra whenever memories and fantasies threatened to overrun her imagination. The hardest part was at night, alone in her bed. There she had much less control over her thoughts and even though she would bunch her hands into fists at her sides and literally clench her teeth as she repeated, Get a grip, Diana, over and over, she was unable to stop the cascade of images. She resolutely refused to touch herself, no matter how great the temptation, but more than once she woke up in the morning with her t-shirt up around her hips and a large wet spot on the sheet, and her roommate complaining about the moans and mutterings coming from Diana in the night.

But after a while things did begin to settle down again, and although the memories and fantasies would still appear in her mind at odd times – she had to give up eating bananas and ice cream for a while – they seemed to have less potency and she was usually able to simply observe them dispassionately. It helped that James almost never showed up at the dining hall and always took his food to go when he did. On the few occasions when Diana had spotted him she had simply averted her eyes and focussed her attention elsewhere – though she did mutter, Get a grip, Diana, to herself each time.

Diana found herself thinking instead about one of the last things James had said to her: “You are a gift, Diana.” It was true that since her time with James she had felt more self-confident: she had been with a man; she had pleased him and he had appreciated her and made her feel good about herself.

She began trying to take his words to heart. She joined in conversations at meals, offering her own thoughts and opinions and sometimes even making little jokes, which to her surprise were generally well received. She hung out or walked with people sometimes instead of scuttling back to her room or to the library after classes. Eventually she even plucked up the courage to ask a stylish woman friend to help her shop for some new, more flattering clothing and teach her a little bit about make-up. If she’d been able to afford it, Diana would have gotten contact lenses but had to settle for removing her glasses when not in class.

She even…went out on a date. Then another. These were very casual affairs, certainly more friendly than romantic, but still. However, the semester was winding down and James wasn’t the only one with papers to write and exams to prepare for. Diana was an excellent student and her parents always expected her to achieve top grades, so she hunkered down and focussed, giving little thought to anything else.

Thoroughly prepared as always, she sailed through her exams and her violin performance evaluation and then semester was over for her, though other students had later exams over the next few days. She could have left immediately, as she had done the previous year, but all that was waiting for her at home, other than her parents, was a mindless summer job answering the phone and logging orders for her father’s office supply company. Besides, she had actually been invited to an end-of-school-year party and was, to her own surprise, looking forward, somewhat nervously, to attending.

She fretted over what to wear, of course. She wanted to look nice but didn’t want to be overdressed either. She finally settled on a pair of black pants – a recent acquisition that showed off her slim figure – and a silky, bright-colored top – basically a fancy t-shirt – accessorized with a thin gold necklace and small gold earrings. She paid extra attention to her make-up as well, still not completely confident in her skill. But finally she was satisfied.

“You are a gift, Diana,” she whispered to her reflection in the mirror. Then she headed out the door.

The party was being held in a nearby dormitory. Never having attended a campus party before, Diana was unprepared for the assault of noise as she entered the common room in the basement. The music was wall-shakingly loud and the room, dimly lit with old strings of Christmas lights, was crammed to capacity and beyond with people, all of whom appeared to be shouting to be heard over the music.

Diana almost turned and fled. In fact, she had begun to do just that when something in the corner of her eye caught her attention and she turned back. Sitting in a beat-up old armchair in a corner of the room, barely visible through the crowd, was James. His head was tilted back and he appeared to be asleep, although Diana couldn’t for the life of her imagine how anyone could sleep in the middle of all this chaos.

Making her way across the room involved more squirming than walking, and a couple of times she found that the only way to make any progress was to allow herself to be propelled in another direction entirely and work her way around. Somewhere along the way someone shoved a huge plastic cup of beer into her hand and as there was no place to put it down she continued on with the cup held high over her head.

At long last she arrived, out of breath and feeling as though she’d been squeezed from a tube of toothpaste. James was still asleep – or possibly drunk, Diana thought, noting the half-empty cup of beer held loosely in his hand and in serious danger of spilling onto the rug. Lowering her own cup, with her free hand she reached down and removed his, placing it on the floor beside the chair. He didn’t seem to notice.

Okay, now what? What was she even doing here?

Well, I’m not turning back now, she thought.

Her family had wine with dinner at times, but she had never imbibed more than a decorous amount and she had certainly never had beer. She raised her cup to her nose and sniffed it. Ugh. Then she placed it to her lips and slugged down nearly half the cup in one go.

Grimacing at the taste, she squatted down and placed her cup next to his. Then, feeling a little wobbly, she knelt in front of him, resting her hands lightly on his knees. He was dressed in his perennial uniform of jeans and a polo shirt. Diana looked up at him. His head was still tilted back and from that angle she couldn’t see much more than his chin and the underside of his jaw. Should she try to wake him?

She jostled his knees slightly with her hands and said tentatively, “James?”, though of course there was no way he could have heard her. She jostled his knees again, a little more vigorously, but only succeeded in making his legs fall open against the arms of the chair.

Oh. There she was, kneeling at his feet and staring directly at his crotch. She felt her pussy throb and suddenly her somewhat beer-befogged brain filled with all the images she had successfully hidden away as a wave of heat rippled through her. She quickly looked over her shoulder as if somehow everything she was thinking and feeling might have become visible.

But no one was paying attention or even looking their way. In fact, just at that moment someone in the crowd, apparently a little the worse for wear, stumbled and fell over, creating a domino effect of falling bodies reaching all the way across the room. Hysterical laughter ensued.

“Do I dare?” thought Diana, turning quickly back to face James. Then, fueled by desire and made reckless by alcohol, she leaned down and lightly kissed the bulge in the front of his pants, quickly leaning back again. She glanced up at James’ face, or what she could see of it. No reaction. She glanced back over her shoulder. The crowd was still distracted and uproarious with people trying to stand up and stumbling over others who were still on the ground.

She turned back and lowered her head once more. Another kiss, longer and more forceful. Another, her lips parting and her tongue darting out. Then, throwing caution to the winds, she licked the bulge in his pants all over – and was gratified to feel it stir and begin to harden.

She pulled back once more and looked around. The party-goers were still laughing hysterically as they tried to untangle themselves. And James was…

Looking directly at her.

Oh god. Had he seen? Diana attempted to look casual as she dropped her hands from his knees to her lap…and was mortified to notice the wet places her tongue had left on the front of his pants. Thank god the lighting was so dim. She tried to smile up at him: just a casual acquaintance on her knees in front of him.

He blinked a couple of times, stifled a yawn and finally said, “Hi, Diana. Sorry, I must have zoned out for a while. I just finished…” He covered his mouth as another yawn escaped. “…my exams after pulling two all-nighters in a row. I have no idea why I showed up for this, really – I’m completely dead. I just wanted to celebrate a little.”

He suddenly seemed to focus on her. “Hey, you look really nice,” he said, raising his voice to be heard above the din. “Haven’t seen you in forever. How are you doing? Done with your exams and everything?”

James apparently hadn’t noticed anything, Diana thought, and didn’t seem particularly surprised to find her kneeling in front of him. But she felt more than a little awkward and rose, perching herself on the arm of his chair and leaning down in order to be heard as she replied. She felt silly talking about exams and papers to him when what she really wanted to talk about was the changes she had been going through since their last encounter. But there really didn’t seem any way to bring the conversation around to something like, “You know, I’ve really been feeling better about myself since you taught me how to suck your cock.”

And besides, she could see that although he was trying to be polite and listen to what she was telling him, his eyes were slowly closing again. So she interrupted herself and said, “I think you need to get home and go to bed, mister. Unless you want to spend the night here.”

James nodded, a little embarrassed. “Yeah, you’re right, sorry.”

Diana stood again as he heaved himself out of the chair. And then, without thinking about what she was doing, she followed him as he threaded his way through the crowd, out the door and up the stairs to the main floor. When they were outside she fell in beside him, not daring to speak as they made their way back to his dorm. And besides, she was still feeling a little wobbly from the beer and had to focus on her steps a little bit.

James said nothing when she followed him into his dorm…and then into the elevator…and then accompanied him down the hall and finally to the door of his room. He opened it and switched on the light. Then he turned to her, and Diana could see he was getting ready to tell her good night and send her on her way. “Thanks for seeing me home, Di-”

Diana stepped up to him and threw her arms around his waist, holding him tightly. Caught off guard, James stood stiffly for a moment then wrapped his arms around her shoulders and allowed her to rest her head on his chest.

They stood there like that for a long moment. Diana knew that that should be all; she should give him a kiss on the cheek, say goodnight and go.

Instead she leaned back and looked into his eyes as if seeking permission there. Then, standing on her toes in order to reach his ear, she whispered, “T-tell me to…take off my clothes.” And when, startled, he started to pull back she held him there and added, her voice shaking, “Pre-…” She stopped, unable to go on for a moment, then forced herself to continue, “Pretend I’m…y-your…slave.” And then: “Please.”

She let him go then, and stood back, waiting, terrified, for his reaction.

Her heart sank as he turned and walked into his room without a word. She waited for him to slam the door behind him.

Instead, he turned back to her. He looked at her for a long moment…and then snapped his fingers at her and pointed to a place on the floor directly in front of him. Diana hurried to stand where he had indicated, not daring to breathe. James walked around her to shut and lock the door, then returned to stand directly in front of her, crossing his arms over his chest and looking down at her, his expression neutral.

“Strip,” was all he said.

Diana’s response was instantaneous and automatic:

“Yes, Sir.”

In some strange way Diana found it easier to strip for James this time, despite the fact, or perhaps because of it, that this time he was standing almost face-to-face with her. Diana allowed herself to be held in his gaze as she pulled her shirt over her head, relieved that she hadn’t worn her glasses to the party. But this time instead of tossing it onto the bed or dropping it to the floor, she quickly folded it and offered it to him with both hands. James nodded his approval as he took it from her, turning to place it on the bed himself.

Next came the shoes, which Diana toed off and then bent down to retrieve before offering them to James in the same ceremonial fashion. Then the pants, unfastened and unzipped in the back and then quickly pushed down to her ankles and stepped out of before being picked up, folded neatly and held out for him to accept.

Diana was momentarily grateful that she had splurged on some new underwear; it wasn’t anything fancy but at least the bra and panties matched and were pink and just a little bit girly. After giving James her pants she stood for a moment, giving him a chance to enjoy the sight of her in just her underwear, hoping it would please him. But his eyes never left hers and Diana had the sudden realization that what was pleasing to him was not the sight of her body, which he had seen before, but her obedience to him: the fact that she was taking off her clothes simply because he had told her to do so.

She darted a glance down at the front of his pants, noting the huge bulge there before quickly returning her gaze to his. Oh! She had done that! It excited him to treat her like a slave! Diana felt moisture gushing into the crotch of her panties. Ohhh…

She quickly unfastened and removed her bra, finding it a little awkward to fold neatly but doing her best before offering it to James. She thought briefly about doing a slow tease with her panties, pulling them down very, very slowly while keeping her eyes on his. But no: little slave-girls simply did as they were told. So she quickly slipped them off and picked them up. But this time instead of folding them she gave in to an impulse and simply held them out with both hands, offering him her last piece of clothing and at the same time allowing him to see that the crotch of her panties was soaking wet.

He took them from her, as he had taken everything else, without comment or change of expression, and placed them on the bed before turning back to her. To Diana it suddenly felt as though none of the clothing belonged to her anymore; she had given it all to James and it was now his property. She was a naked little slave-girl, wearing nothing but a gold chain around her neck and a pair of earrings.

They stood motionless for a long while, looking into each other’s eyes, their breathing heavy. Then James said, “Well, here’s a pretty little slave for sale. I wonder how much they want for it?”

He stood back from her somewhat and made a point of slowly looking her over, from the top of her head to her toes, as if he was considering making a purchase.

“Hmmm…” he mused. He strode behind her and seized her wrists, causing Diana to gasp, as he brought them up and together, indicating to Diana that she should clasp her hands behind her, which she did. Then he inserted one foot between hers and roughly nudged them farther and farther apart until her legs were spread wide.

He returned to stand in front of her and slowly looked her over once more, his gaze lingering on her breasts and between her legs, eventually nodding to himself and saying, “Better.” Then with one hand he took her by the chin, raising her face to his. “Is it a good little slave?” he asked, staring into her eyes. “Is it obedient?”

Diana was paralyzed, though she couldn’t for the life of her have said whether it was with fear or arousal or some delicious combination of the two. But after a moment she managed to whisper, with some difficulty as he was still holding her by the chin, “Yes, Sir.”

James added his other hand to the back of Diana’s head, holding it firmly as he pulled her chin down with the other, forcing her mouth open. “Hmm…” he said again, peering into it.

Diana felt a jolt between her legs. Being required to stand in this position, naked, in front of James, and now being examined as if she were nothing more than an object of interest to a potential buyer, was making her quiver all over.

James released her chin but maintained his hold on the back of her head as he began to probe her mouth with two fingers. He toyed with her tongue for a little while and then began sliding his fingers in and out of her mouth, saying softly, as if to himself, “Is it a good little cock-sucker, I wonder?”

Diana was unable to respond as James continued to slide his fingers in and out of her mouth, his pace gradually increasing, for another minute or so. Then he suddenly withdrew them and, seizing her by the chin once more, leaned close and asked, “Well, is it?”

Diana, gasping, was frozen in his gaze, unable to speak. What should she say, what could she say? Finally she managed, “N-n-no, Sir, not very good. B-but I’ll… I’ll t-try to be one for you, Sir.”

James just continued to look at her, and after a moment Diana tried again, “I- I’ll try to be a…” Oh god, she couldn’t say it. But she had to. “I’ll try to b-be a…a good, a good little…” She forced herself to go on, “A g-good little c-c-cock-sucker for you, Sir.”

James nodded his approval and said softly, “Good girl,” and Diana found herself flushing with pleasure at having pleased him. He released her head and stepped back slightly to look her over once more. He murmured, “Well now, what have we here?”

Diana, following his gaze, looked down and saw her fully-erect nipples, just before he seized them between his thumbs and forefingers and pinched them.

“Oh!”, she cried out, as a bolt of pain and pleasure shot from her breasts straight down between her legs. Her hands involuntarily started to rise, but she forced them back and grasped them tightly behind her back again. Her mouth fell open and she was unable to think or to be aware of anything but the pressure of his fingers on her nipples. As he began to roll them between his fingers her eyes began to close of their own accord but James snapped, “Eyes on me, slave.”

Diana forced her eyes back open and stared mindlessly into his eyes as he continued to pinch and play with her nipples. “Oh yes,” James said, “It’s a horny little slave, isn’t it?”

“Y-yes, Sir, I’m a…a horny little slave, Sir,” she quavered.

James gave her nipples a final hard pinch, making her gasp, and then released her. He began casually running his hands over her body as if still considering, murmuring, as if to himself, “Hmm… Do I want to buy this slave?” as he walked around her, cupping her breasts in his hands as if weighing them, running his fingers lightly through her pubic hair, fondling her behind and her thighs as if testing them for firmness.

Diana was on fire as the examination continued, biting her lip in an attempt to control her shaking. But when James, standing behind her, placed one hand on her hip, the other on the back of her neck, and bent her forward from the waist, saying brusquely, “Grab your ankles, slave,” she groaned out loud as an orgasm began to overtake her.

Sensing what was happening, James grabbed her by her hair and jerked her upright again, saying, “No! Slaves do not come without permission!”

Diana groaned again as she fought down her orgasm, managing to gasp, “Yes, Sir,” as she gradually regained control, a few tears running down her cheeks from the effort. James released his hold on her and without waiting for further instructions Diana bent over and wrapped her hands around her ankles, whispering, “I’m very sorry, Sir.”

Oh my god, Diana thought, look at me: naked, bent over with my legs spread and a man behind me staring right at my…

The thought was left unfinished as Diana felt James’ hands on her behind, grabbing her ass-cheeks and spreading them apart as he crouched down to continue his inspection.

“Yes,” he mused, “it has a tight, wet little pussy, doesn’t it?”

Diana tried to answer but she was unable to get her voice to work at first. Not until James released one hand long enough to slap her hard on the ass and demand, “Doesn’t it, slave?”

“OW! Owww…” Diana hissed through her teeth. “Yes, Sir, I have a t-tight, wet little…little p-pussy, Sir!”

“Better.” James used the tip of his middle finger to trace her pussy lips, stroking them delicately, then gradually separating them and finding her clitoris. From her upside-down position Diana could see exactly what he was doing and she had to close her eyes and bite her lip once more to fight down the orgasm that was beginning to ripple through her. But she was unable to stop the little whimpering noises that escaped from her as James continued to torment her with his fingertip.

But her mouth fell open once more, and she cried out, “Oh!”, as James took his now juice-soaked middle finger and began to worm it between her ass cheeks. “Such a cute little ass as well,” he said softly. “I might just have a use for that.”

He pushed his finger slowly in and out of her passage for a little while as Diana grunted, “Uh!…Uh!…Uh!” and tried desperately not to squirm. Then he stopped and walked around to stand in front of her once more. Seizing her by the hair, he pulled her upright again – although Diana felt as though her knees might give out beneath her at any moment – and looked into her eyes.

“Well, what do you think?” he asked, giving her head a gentle shake, “Do you think I should buy you, slave? How much do you think I should pay for you?”

The fantasy of actually being bought and becoming his property was too much for Diana, and she fell to her knees, wrapping her arms around his legs for support. She looked up at him, her eyes tearful, and stammered, “P-please, Sir. You…you don’t have to b-buy me.” She forced herself to sit upright and looked as directly into his eyes as she could. “I’m… I’m a gift, Sir. You said so yourself.”

James’ gaze softened and he reached down to stroke her hair. “You’re absolutely right, Diana, you are a gift. A lovely gift. Thank you.” They smiled at each other as James continued to stroke her hair. After a moment he raised his eyebrows as he asked, “Now, what should I do with such a lovely gift?”

Diana looked down and then forced herself to meet his gaze again. “You should…m-make love to me, Sir.”

James, shaking his head slowly, started to reply, “Now, we talked about th-”, but Diana cut him off. “I know what you said. And you’re probably right. But I don’t care!” She stood up again, the better to look him directly in the eye. “I want you to make love to me, right now. Please, Sir, make…”

She stopped, hesitated and then said, softly but very deliberately, “Please fuck me, Sir.” Then she dropped to her knees once more, upright and with her hands locked behind her back as before, her eyes never leaving his for an instant.

“Please fuck your little slave-girl, Sir.”

Forbidden Valentine Card 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

All the characters involved in the sexual scenes have reached the age of majority.

Misha never liked Valentine’s Day, for good reason. It all started at school, when after the 6th grade there was a division into humanities and techies. Choosing between literature and mathematics, Misha chose the first option. As a result, there were many more girls in his class than boys, and at first it was even happy, but only until the beginning of February 14. All because of a silly tradition: girls could put their valentines in a special box in the morning and give them to the boys after school. They were unsigned, but with the name of the lucky owner. Someone got three, someone got four, and he got none. A year later, it all happened again, and the most annoying thing is that now he was the only one who was left without a sign of attention. In the 9th grade, he decided to cheat: he made a Valentine card himself and at one of the breaks, he quietly threw it into a box. He was out of luck. Lop-eared Anka, the main brat in their class, noticed this and, of course,told everyone. From this disgrace he departed until the end of the school year.

After school, the February 14 curse didn’t end for him. In his first year at uni, his girlfriend left him a few weeks before the holiday, and this year he had a fight with his girlfriend the day before. It would be something to fight about! Misha liked one of her friends, wrote a couple of funny and harmless, at least in his opinion, comments. It turned out that this is the most terrible crime that a guy can commit. This morning, he tried to reconcile, but was sent in a certain direction.

The mood was disgusting, at such moments he often felt sad because of his boring life, because everything was not going as it should have been. He was already 21 years old, and he still lived with his parents. Here, too, he was unlucky. A couple of years ago, his parents bought an apartment in a new building, and if everything went according to plan, he would have moved long ago. But the construction was delayed, and before the summer, you could not even dream of separate housing. They have a large family: mom and dad, sister Ksenia, and even a younger brother, with whom they had to share a room. The little one is not interested in anything but the computer, on weekends he is ready to play video games from morning to night. Misha usually kept him company, but now he didn’t even want that.

He hadn’t done very well in school, and he still had debts from last semester. It was necessary to prepare for the retake, it was still not enough that he was expelled and sent to pay his debt to the Motherland. In order to concentrate and not be distracted, he went to Ksenia’s room. On weekends, she was almost never home, so you could sit at her place in peace. She’ll be out all night, probably with a boyfriend. He didn’t know for sure, and he wasn’t particularly interested. He and his sister had no interests in common, and for the past couple of years they had simply not noticed each other. Ksenia is a short, petite, thin woman with green eyes and dark hair. Recently, for some reason, she dyed one strand pink. In general, an ordinary girl is not ugly, but also not beautiful. But among her friends there are some absolutely charming specimens, which, however, you can not even dream of. Misha understood that he was an unattractive guy and would never be interested in such beauties. It would not hurt to lose a couple of extra pounds, start walking in the rocking chair, and generally bring the body in the appropriate form. And he also wanted to look more masculine, for this he had already planned to grow a beard for the second year, but only some light fluff came out of his chin.

Misha heaved a sigh, trying to put the sad thoughts and seductive images of his girlfriends out of his head, and opened her laptop. There was a password set there, but he had learned it long ago. With the preparation, it did not go, instead, he lazily climbed the sites, at the same time looking at which pages his sister visited. Nothing interesting: women’s magazines, social networks, and other nonsense. Without any interest, he looked at the folder with the photos. There was nothing there, of course. She kept the photos in a special folder, not realizing that they were easy to find through the search. He was only interested in her friends, he flipped through all the photos of Ksenia without even looking. Misha was about to close the folder, when one photo caused him a pleasant excitement. Ksenia was lying on the bed, her legs bent at the knees. The angle was so good that you could see the black strip of underwear from under the skirt. His cock reacted to this, making Misha immediately feel like a pervert. He had experienced something similar only once in his life, when he was spying on his aunt in the country. She thought that no one was home and decided to sunbathe without a bra, and Misha, hiding in the bushes, stared at her. He’d felt what he felt now, a mixture of shame, self-loathing, and forbidden arousal. He glanced around furtively and scanned all the photos to the end. The most recent photo made him sit up and open his mouth in surprise. The same angle, the bed again, but now there was no skirt or underwear on Ksenia. The legs are spread apart, and what is between is covered with the palm of your hand. Unable to resist the temptation, Misha downloaded the photo to his phone.

Except for the little brother, there was no one at home. My parents are out shopping somewhere, and I don’t think they’ll be back soon. You can lock yourself in the bathroom right now and, so to speak, pull the shutter. Misha understood that chasing a bald man in a photo of his sister was not the most sensible thing to do, but it was hard to resist. The thought flashed through my head, and suddenly there is also a video? Without much hope of success, he still decided to search. Again, all the nonsense from school, but he was no longer interested in Ksenia’s friends. Finally, he came across something interesting. The video file was named “Valentine”.

It was her room again, but there was only an empty bed in the frame. At first, nothing happened, and then, like in a horror movie, Ksenia suddenly appeared on the screen in close-up. She adjusted the camera a little, changing the camera angle a little. Someone called her, she cursed loudly, answered, but the camera was still on. Misha scrolled the video forward, and then the most interesting action began. He quickly realized that it was a kind of Valentine’s card, a gift for some guy. When Ksenia reappeared in the frame, she was wearing nothing but tight panties. The chest was covered with a velvet cushion in the form of a heart. She twirled coquettishly, turned her back, and finally flipped the heart to the side, revealing her breasts with small buttons on the nipples. He’d seen bigger and better ones, but right now they were the most desirable tits in the whole wide world!

Grinning nervously, Misha wiped his wet forehead with the palm of his hand. Despite the coolness of the apartment, he was sweating profusely. The member was filled with blood and stood so that it did not fit in the swimming trunks. The performance ended too quickly, Ksenia threw on a robe, grabbed the phone and lay down on the bed. Soon the phone rang again, apparently she was talking to the same guy she was going to send this Valentine card to. Misha was not interested in their conversation, he turned down the sound to a minimum. The nurse was talking, gesturing with her hands, and laughing. They chatted for a long time, but the shooting continued. Unable to stand it, he twisted the recording forward, not really counting on anything, but in this he was wrong again.

Continuing to talk, Ksenia put the pillows against the wall and leaned back against them. It seemed that they had decided to arrange something like phone sex. She asked questions, and then touched her thigh or ran her hand over her underpants, sharing her feelings with her interlocutor. Misha even thought that there was a wet spot on the fabric, but he wasn’t sure. Ksenia squeezed her breasts, rolled her nipples between her fingers. She was looking directly at the camera, and her gaze sent a chill down my spine. When she put her hand in her panties and began to rub herself between her legs, Misha felt that he could come at any time and looked for paper napkins.

It seems that Ksenia has inflamed herself in earnest, having already finished the conversation, she bent down and pulled out a box from under the bed. She sat down, turned away from the camera, and then took off her underwear and lay down on her stomach. Now Misha could see almost nothing but her slender legs and her slightly covered ass. He did not immediately notice that her hands were free, and she satisfied herself with a small vibrator. On impulse, he stopped the video and quickly reached under the bed. It turned out to be a mini vibrator in the shape of a lipstick, hidden in a cell phone box. Finally losing control, Misha sniffed it and for some reason licked it. To calm himself down, he counted to a hundred and carefully replaced the vibrator.

He really wanted to watch the video to the end, there were only a few minutes left and he was waiting for the moment of her orgasm. There it was waited by disappointment. The orgasm, if there was one, passed unnoticed, there were no moans, arching or shaking of the body. Still, there was another surprise waiting for him. Ksenia lay down for a while, and then turned over on her side, revealing to him the most fascinating picture in life. He’d seen naked women and had sex many times, but this was different. After all, he saw what he was forbidden to see, and because of this, the sensations were incredibly sharp. Ksenia pulled out the vibrator, put it next to her and squeezed her buttock with her hand. Misha has long dreamed of anal sex, but in practice it did not work out. His girlfriend flatly refused to discuss it, and he was too shy to ask his ex-girlfriend about it. Right now, he was staring at his little sister’s neat little hole, drawing completely insane scenes in his head. The climax occurred at the very end of the video: Ksenia licked her finger, moved it along the perineum, pressing and massaging the ring of the anus. And then her finger went into her ass.

His cock was twitching like a clockwork, ready to explode with impatience and splash right into his pants. With an effort, he opened the top drawer of the dresser and grabbed the first thing that came to hand. It turned out to be white panties, but they didn’t help much. As soon as he pulled off his sweatpants, his cock shot cum right into the laptop screen. Cursing, Misha quickly wiped the monitor with his underpants, noticing that drops had fallen on the table and on the notebooks. He was overwhelmed with emotions, he knew that for a long time he would masturbate to this video. This is the best Valentine of his life! Who would have thought that such a gift would be unwittingly given to him by his own sister. After wiping away all the stains, he finally caught his breath. The excitement did not even think to leave, in a couple of minutes he would be ready to repeat everything.

And yet it is no accident that he never liked February 14th. The bad luck streak of the day has not gone away, continuing to haunt him. He looked back at the door, startled. Smiling stupidly, still holding the white panties in his hand, he looked with fear at Ksenia standing in the doorway.

Anya. A romantic story. 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Friday night was particularly nerve-wracking at work. The boss, before checking, almost all the nerves were ruffled by Natasha. The girl didn’t know what to do anymore.

And yet the hands of the clock pointed to six, so you can already relax and go home.

Natasha did not initially want to go to this party, arranged by Irka, but the last nervous days at work firmly indicated to the girl that she should relax.

After dropping in and taking a shower, Natasha put on a brand-new red dress that had been hanging in the closet for a month and still hadn’t been used until that day.

After straightening her hair and applying a light touch of makeup, Natasha noticed for herself that she was still pretty as hell. However, a worthy man for this “treasure”, for some reason, has not yet been found…

Irka always knew how to arrange noisy and fun parties, So today in Irka’s apartment there were many invited guests, half of whom Natasha did not even know.

Why are you sad, my friend? – Irka turned to Natasha, when she was smoking at the window. Neither alcohol, nor music, nor the general fun did not allow the girl to really relax.

“It’s all right, Irochka, don’t pay any attention! Flicking off the ashes, her friend said.

— You need a man! And then it’s already thirty soon. Let him distract you from your sad thoughts, ” her friend said, smiling.

— Yes, where can I get them?

— I have a friend in mind. You’ll definitely like it. If it wasn’t for my Tolik, I would have taken it myself! – as the fox, zagovorcheski uttered Irka.

Immediately, a phone appeared in her hands, and a call went out to someone.

Hello… Mish, hi… yes. It’s all good. we’re resting here. Would you like to come in for an hour?… I know I’m busy… Well, I’m asking you very much… Well, all right, we’re waiting… – it seemed that Irka could persuade anyone, so Natasha could not avoid a new acquaintance.

Irka was not deceived, Misha turned out to be a really nice young man. In addition, he told a very interesting story, drank only orange juice and … kept looking at the clock.

Mishenka, you will not refuse to spend dear Natashenka, and the time is already late, you never know what hooligans roam the street, – Irka still sang like a fox.

Misha looked at his watch again and agreed.

It was a thirty-minute walk to Natasha’s apartment, but it was the best time of her life in the last few years. Misha told interesting stories, funny jokes. Even already slightly beaten by life experience, Natasha melted from the affectionate speeches, like a high school student.

When they were at the entrance, the girl had absolutely no desire to let go of a new acquaintance.

“Will you come in for tea?” – after a delicious kiss, the girl asked.

Sorry, it’s late, I’ll go, – somehow awkwardly justified the guy, once again hugging Natasha tightly – it was clear that he liked her very much…

Natasha was lying in bed. What would be a great pleasure it would be now laid in bed next to Misha. He’s so cool, so wonderful, so… such… – with these thoughts, the girl fell asleep.

Oddly enough, on this Saturday morning, Natasha was woken up by the trill of a phone call. The girl really wanted to sleep, but picked up the phone, dissatisfied with the unfamiliar number.

Hi, Natashenka, this is Misha. I really enjoyed our conversation yesterday. I’m sorry if this is a bad time. It’s just that I … ” the guy stammered: it’s just that it’s interesting and easy for me to be with you.

Sleep had long since left Natasha when she heard a pleasant, familiar voice on the phone.

Of course, Mishenka, I agree!

The day was pleasant with the warm June sun, when the young people strolled carelessly through the park. They were holding hands. Misha was still telling interesting stories, and Natasha was eating ice cream and looking at her companion with already loving eyes. It seemed to her that there were no flaws in Misha at all.

The only thing that confused the girl: Misha practically did not talk about his personal life, although she herself even told how she and Irka fought in the third grade. And yet there was a special charm about the guy, making the girl fall in love more and more.

Like a hurricane, they burst into Natasha’s one-room apartment, not stopping to kiss, demolishing the hanger on the way. These passionate hugs, these sensual strokes, these… – Natasha has long realized for herself that she will not let Misha go anywhere. She wants to be with him for the rest of her life.

He only paused for a couple of seconds, admiring the beautiful eyes as Natasha lay on her back, completely naked. These eyes could not lie – they really burned with love…

Misha brought Natasha to the peak of excitement with gentle strokes. Every inch of her body seemed to be an erogenous zone. The girl only languidly closed her eyes, and her beautiful body was given to every male movement.

What a sweet female cry was reflected when Misha entered her. It wasn’t sex, it was a dance of passion. Natasha enjoyed the process. She was a princess. No! She was a queen who received all the benefits of the world in one moment! Misha was simply divine, making the beautiful female legs shudder in small convulsions from the next orgasm they received…

They still took a shower together, they still drank coffee together, they still kissed… and then… and then Misha looked at his watch again and went somewhere else.

Their meetings took place almost every day. Natasha was drowning more and more in the pool of love and boundless tenderness. She could no longer imagine herself without Misha! That’s just the guy, again looking at the clock, ran away somewhere, which really infuriated the girl.

Once again, after the sweet moments spent in bed, Misha went to the shower, and Natasha, under the pretext: “I’ll lie down”, remained in the room.

Quite quickly, a mobile phone was extracted from Misha’s pants, which, to Natasha’s delight, turned out to be without a code.

Quite a lot of text messages, all sorts of spam, and other nonsense. Ah, here it is! Misha wrote to some Anechka. There were different messages. However, many of them: – ” Anechka, I love you, I’ll be home soon.”

It was as if a red veil fell over Natasha’s eyes when she found out that Misha had “Anechka”!

After seeing Misha off, Natasha began to cry. She only believed in fate! She just saw Him! And He Is… and he is… and he has “Anechka”…

Natasha didn’t pick up the phone for several days when she saw Misha’s calls. If earlier she had run to meet him with a smile, now she felt only pain and disappointment.

Misha even tried to meet Natasha near the entrance, but the women’s eyes sparkled only with anger. Without saying a word, Natasha walked past her lover, leaving him perplexed.

And you go to him! – Irka did not let up, seeing her upset friend.

“Yeah, and what am I going to tell him?” Advice and love? Natasha answered tearfully.

Go!” Break all doubts for yourself. Put an end to it! – do not let the mess.

The girls were finishing their second bottle of wine when Natasha plucked up the courage to go to Misha’s house.

A bell, another bell! No one seemed about to open the door. Only a minute later, slow footsteps were heard. Misha appeared in the doorway. It was clear from his astonished face that he had not expected Natasha to visit at all.

“Where is she?” Show me!” – the girl, warmed up by alcohol, went to the apartment by herself.

No one in the kitchen! The hall is empty! What kind of room is this?

Natasha practically burst into the back room…

Pink wallpaper with a pony, children’s toys, a crib… And in the middle of the room sat a little girl in a wheelchair.

Natasha even took a step back from the surprise.

“I’m sorry, I didn’t tell you right away. This is my daughter. Two years ago, he and his wife had an accident. No wife, but a daughter… Well, you can see for yourself. I was always in a hurry to get to her.

“Hi, honey,” the girl said, sitting down: – And I’m Natasha.

“And I’m Anya,” the girl replied kindly, holding out her small fingers for a handshake…

Pictures of the Family Album 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

This is a fictional story and the events of the story take place with everyone over the age 18. Hope you enjoy 🙂

Mark had slowly been driving himself mad. Over the years there had been so many signs that he had missed. He sat on the couch flipping through the old family album. There they were, at the lake cabin. His two older sisters- twins- were standing by a canoe then. Each had a paddle in each hand and the life vests they wore basically covered their whole top, only their belly buttons poking out underneath, resting above matching pink bikini bottoms. He stood on the other side, looking at them instead of the camera. They were 15 in this picture. Yes, he thought, the lake house was when it must have started. He recalled the odd looks they had given each other after then had come back from their day on the lake. Mark also vaguely remembered that night- quiet feet on the wooden ladder next to his head, small whispers and possibly something else, but it had been four years since that trip.

From that day on, anytime they went to the lake they wouldn’t let him come in the canoe, and they started making him sleep on the fold out couch. The girls had convinced their parents to get two full beds instead of the bunk beds, but he always noted that one bed looking untouched whenever he went in to shower in their bathroom in the morning.

He flipped the page, watching his sisters develop before him. Their chests grew to their present day B cup, their bodies lithe and athletic. It was around sophomore year that Grace needed glasses. Mark remembered the first time he saw her with those thin black glasses, and it made his groin twitch. It was around then that he had begun to fantasize about them.

He looked up as the door opened, and Heather walked in. She wore short running shorts and a tight shirt- tight enough that Mark could see she didn’t have a bra on. The shirt showed him more of her figure from where it clung to her from the sweat. Her morning jog must have been a good one. She nodded to him, then moved upstairs, bobbing her head to whether music her headphones played. Mark was thankful that he had the book in his lap. Thinking about the clues and seeing Heather like that seemed to rub him in all the right ways. Mark hadn’t realized his eyes lingered at her mounds under that tight shirt..

He put the book down and stretched, ignoring the tent in his pants until he heard a cough from the kitchen. He locked eyes with Grace, who had been sitting there drinking some tea. Did she watch him oogle at Heather? He couldn’t do anything to hide his erection except turn away, giving an awkward nod. Shamefully he retreated upstairs. When he made it to the top he groaned and reached down his shorts, hearing the shower made his thoughts change to Heather’s solid body dripping with soap. He made down the hall to his room before closing and locking the door.

Heather took pride in her body, and always showed her curves with form fitting clothing. She was aggressive and always ready for an adventure. Her green eyes challenged the world around her, appearing even brighter against her silky brown hair, which she usually kept in a ponytail.

When she had come in after her jog, she had seen Mark there looking at the family album. She never took him for the overly sentimental type, so it was curious. She had felt him stare at her chest and it made something tingle inside of her. She had cast a glance at Grace, a glance that meant she was ready for her and Grace had nodded in response. She shook the water out of her hair with a towel and walked to their shared room, the towel surrounding her body barely covering her firm ass.

Waiting there on their bed was Grace, she sat with her legs crossed and her chin in her hand, watching Heather come in. She walked up to her sister and leaned down, kissing her deeply hello. Her run and thinking about Mark made her especially horny. She pressed Grace’s shoulder back and moved atop of her, kissing and biting her lip as the towel fell off of her figure.

Her sister was both her mirror and her foil at once. She had always been the more timid one, not as much of a go getter as her sister. She’d prefer the arts and introspectiveness to running circles on a track any moment in the day. When Grace got her glasses, she fit the bookworm stereotype. She always preferred to wear her hair down, easily able to shield her eyes from the world at the tilt of a head.

Right now, that shyness was gone from her. When she was with Heather, Grace felt like she could conquer the world. She wouldn’t do anything crazy of course, she just felt like she had a safety net and that brought her such comfort and a little bit of daring. Her hands reached up to pull Heather’s hips into hers as her lips explored her sister’s. Her hand wandered down to her freshly trimmed bush and slipped a finger inside her snatch, eliciting a purr from her elder sister. Her bravery escalated as she whispered into Heather’s ear, “Ya know.. I think I have something you’d like to hear about..” as she wiggled her finger in her pink flesh and added a second one.





Mark laid back, staring at the ceiling, spent. He was still trying to piece together the puzzle and it was infuriating.

The thoughts that there was something more between them never left after that day at the lake. They were twins after all, so they would have a special bond. It made sense. What didn’t make sense was when they were at the mall and they would go into the same changing room for longer than it took to check out a pair of pants. It was always too noisy to hear them but when they finally did come out, Grace would usually be flustered. He swore he remembered Heather sucking on a finger one time. She had claimed a pin pricked it or something. How naive he had been.

Watching them and their closeness almost made him feel like he was missing something major, and not just the obvious. Mark felt like there was an inside joke that he didn’t get, or maybe he was the joke.

It was a more recent event that had triggered his descent into indecency that kept him up at night in more ways than one. Whenever everyone was downstairs on the couch or the floor, that they would be cuddled up next to each other under a heavy blanket. Even in the summer heat, they’d be under there. Grace would sit in Heather’s lap, occasionally squirming and making small noises, trying not to get caught by Mark or anyone else.

One night, Mark had placed his mini spy camera under the couch where they usually sat. The camera was poor quality and grainy, but it was his first solid evidence of their intimacy. He watched in the shadow of the blanket his eldest sister tease down the shorts of the other. He saw on her index finger a purplish shape, and could hear a low buzz during a quiet part of the movie. He watched as her slender hand reached around, and his imagination filled in the rest. That clit stimulator would find Grace’s little bud and would do wonders between her legs. He imagined Heather ’s hand cupping Grace’s left breast as she did, kneading her soft mound.

His eyes had been on them intently, and after watching the video, he knew that whenever Grace’s breath caught or she threatened to voice her orgasm, Heather would graze her teeth on her sisters shoulder or bite her neck. Only once did Heather look over to Mark on the couch behind them. She made no indication that she saw his hand stroking his cock in the dark as she returned her focus on their squirming sister.

Mark had kept himself from his own climax until he had watched the video. He made note that when the girls had walked back upstairs, Grace had been a little unsteady. He wondered how many orgasms she had had right under his nose, for how many years. He seriously needed some new equipment.

The next morning Mark came downstairs after he heard Heather leave for the morning. He poured some milk in his cereal bowl and sat down across from Grace, who had her nose in a book. She said a quiet hello, and he watched her face as he began his experiment.

“So what did you think of the movie last night, Gracey?”

She kept her focus on her book when she replied, but her ears started to turn red, “Umm, it was good, Mark.”

“Yeah I thought so too. Hey, I must have been in the bathroom and I missed when the prospector was in the desert collecting something. Do you remember what it was?”

Grace squirmed in her seat “….rocks?” the look on her face gave away that she hadn’t been paying attention. Mark smiled to himself and smacked his head.

“Snakes! They were looking for snakes and they were slithering and withering in their hands. It looked like they were hard to grasp.” Her ears remained very red and she made a silent “Oh” face and sought protection from her book.

Mark was happy with her silent confession and it showed in his pants. He stroked himself stealthily as he looked over Grace’s beautiful face, remembering her face as she orgasmed. He felt himself nearing the edge and he imagined cumming on her soft pink lips. It felt so so dirty imagining doing that to his sister but the thought made him jizz. While his body shuddered and he let out a small noise, Grace looked up at him and her eyebrows raised at his postorgasm expression.

“I, uh, I’m going to go take a shower.” He said sheepishly, ashamed of what he had just done five feet from his sister.

The water hit his body as he heard Heather come in and speak to Grace. He felt like he needed to drown then, Grace must have known what he had done. He was leaning against the wall when he heard both girls pass the door, not before Heather slammed her fist on the door,

“Maaarrrkkk!! You know I shower now you jerk!”

“Sorry” was all he could muster before his prick started hardening at the thought of Heather joining him in here. His hand found it and he went to cloud 9 for a second time that morning.

After drying his hair and wrapping a towel around his waist he stood, looking in the mirror. He could not continue to fantasize about his sisters. It had to be unhealthy. And still he thought of the lake, and movie night.

To put the issue to bed, Mark snuck out of the bathroom and disappeared into his room. He came back out with a clear piece of tape and he taped the door latch. He realized that they may not hear the click and turn to inspect the door but it was a risk worth taking.

He returned to his room again normally, calling out to Heather that he was done. There was no response from their room. Mark leaned against his closed door, and waited.

Grace had spilled her worries out to Heather when she had gotten back from her run. She was terrified that Mark would rat them out, and they would be ruined socially, emotionally and anything else.

Heather had moved around the counter and rested Grace’s head against her warm chest. She cooed and calmed her down with gentle touches, she told her that she’d make sure he wouldn’t find out.

Then she led her sister up the stairs and became mad that Mark was in the shower. She banged on the door and took Grace into their room, where she laid her sister out and started licking her flower bud, teasing it between her teeth and a flick of the tongue.

She slid a finger between her cheeks and teased her rim with it. Grace moaned and pressed her tight hole against her sister’s finger. She really wanted to be fucked but Heather was obsessed with her pussy. She suckled on her clit and popped a finger in her asshole which brought out a gasp out of her shy sister.

Grace was grinding into Heather’s face as Mark called out to them. She had to bite her arm to stop her moan as she squirted on her sister’s face. Heather lapped up her juices as Grace rode out her orgasm and she felt better.

Once she had stopped squirming Heather led her little sister to the shower. The hall was empty and Mark’s room was closed and quiet. He must have left for school after he finished showering.

Grace helped undress her sister and herself, turning on the shower. There was still steam from Mark’s shower. She took some soap and began to lather it on Heather’s shoulders. She moved it down to her firm mid sized breasts, circling each areola with delicate strokes. The water washed off the soap as Heather gave in to her sisters touch, closing her eyes and enjoying the tenderness. She began to wash Grace’s body and had only done a little before Grace spun her around and her hands went up to catch herself on the wall.

“Spread your legs” she commanded in a sultry tone, detaching the showerhead and handing it to Heather, so she would only have one hand to support herself with.

“Hold that on your chest until I say so.” That was when Heather felt something cold kiss her heated lower lips. Grace spread Heather’s labia open and showed her the size of the bottom of the shampoo bottle. It made the elder sister hold her breath as Grace’s fingers traced her slit, testing her wetness. Grace bought her mouth to her sister’s ass and kissed her firm flesh a few times, drawing nearer to her center and making Heather whimper.

Both sisters were completely absorbed in each other as Grace’s tongue flicked Heather’s rim and neither heard Mark gasp and quietly curse to himself. He moved fast back to his room, his cock already at full mast as he scrambled to get his camera and bring it back to where he had the door cracked.

He winced as he tried to get the camera in the door without having to open it wider. Such a simple task became nearly impossible as he was thinking only in colorful languages and about how aroused he was. He pulled out his shaft and started stroking himself as he listened to Heather moan. It was such a gorgeous noise.

And seeing Grace like that. Forcing a bottle into Heather’s pussy and telling her what to do. Hearing her command her sister to turn the shower head onto her clit in a voice that shocked him and made his cock twitch. Where was the quiet and timid sister that he’d known all his life? It certainly wasn’t the girl who was eating out his other sister’s asshole. And yet there they were right in front of him.

He had to bite his lip to stop himself from groaning. His sisters were lost in their own world and he was getting a front row seat to it. Heather let out another moan and cried out that she was going to cum.

Mark wanted to cum with his oldest sister so badly. His hand worked himself faster and harder as her breath got shorter until all she was doing was moaning. Her noises, her quivering body and orgasmic face were all he could think about, all he could focus on. Too focused in fact, that he forgot to bring anything to finish in and before he knew it he let out a small grunt and started shooting his load on the bottom of the door.

He cursed as he heard Grace inquire about a noise and he practically bashed his head into the door trying to grab the camera and taking off towards his room, realizing too late that he shouldn’t have slammed his door behind him.

Leaning against his door he let out a few more curses, then held his breath as he heard the shower turn off. His blood ran cold as he heard his sisters’ hushed whispers, their pitch increasing as they feared the worst.

“Oh g-god is that?!” he heard Heather gasp by the bathroom door as she saw his cum dripping onto the floor. His lungs burned for air as he held his breath. This was it, he thought. His life was over. Their whispering had moved closer to his room and to his horror he saw his door knob jiggle. When they saw that it was locked the girls must have retreated to their own room for the hallway had fallen silent.

He didn’t move for another fifteen minutes, knowing he had missed the bus to school. He figured he had to take his bike as he slowly gathered his things and quietly crept down the stairs.The silence coming from his sisters’ room was deafening. Riding to school at least kept his mind off of things but that wasn’t the case at school.

He barely paid attention to any of his classes. His head swam with all the scenarios where they shunned him for the rest of his life, or where he’d somehow get into trouble for all of this. During lunch he sat in the corner with his laptop and rewatched the video from the morning. It made his stomach turn as well as his loins. How could he have been so sloppy? He had ruined such a beautiful thing. He scolded himself the whole way home. Locking his bike in the garage, he ended up standing on the porch for longer than he should have before nerving up enough to go inside.

Mark had expected the quiet house but was still relieved to see that neither sister was on the main floor. He dropped his backpack on the floor by the couch and went over to the refrigerator. He poured himself a glass of water, looked at it and with as calm a voice as he could muster he yelled “Anyone home? I was thinking of ordering pizza for dinner!”

His voice echoed through the house as he took a sip. That may have been for the best. Anything to delay having to be confronted by his sisters about this morning. Walking up the stairs, he noted that their door was closed and so was his, just how he left it. What he hadn’t expected when he walked through his door was to see Grace sitting cross legged on his bed. Her face brightened to a rosy color at the same time his paled whiter than paper.

“H-hey Mark.. So, we have something we want to.. Ah.” Grace looked at her older sister desperately, who was sitting at Mark’s desk. Her hands were pressed together by her fingertips and she swiveled in the chair slightly. His heart leapt in his throat as he saw right next to her was his camera. His palms were sweating already as Heather cleared her throat.

“So.. the cat is out of the bag, little brother.” her eyes followed his to the camera as she flicked it with a finger, knocking it down. Her gaze returned to his wide eyes, Heather silently hoping that he couldn’t see that her own fear was rising up from her chest. Voicing her closely guarded secret was proving harder than she had imagined.

Mark put the water down on his nightstand and looked between the two of them. Grace looked anxious while Heather was fairly stone-faced.

He sighed and closed the door behind him. Their parents wouldn’t be home for another few hours but somehow it felt safer to have this conversation contained within four walls.

“Do you two kick me out of the family now? Or swear me to secrecy?” he asked, unsure of how to proceed. The girls exchanged looks, both a little surprised by his extremeness.

“We wouldn’t kick you out Mark, jesus. What we need to do is get you to stay quiet… so swearing to secrecy, yeah.” Heather said. The three of them sat in a painful silence until she looked at the camera again, nodding at it “Aannd you need to delete that.”

He crossed his arms as he looked at Heather. The girls could have easily deleted the videos themselves while he was away and yet they were here now, asking him to do it.

Grace spoke next, her voice quiet and shaky “How long have you known?” Mark looked at her until she squirmed.

“I knew that night the other week when we had watched that movie, you know, the one with the “rocks” ‘ he watched as the realization dawned on her face from his inquiries the day after. Grace pulled her knees up to her chest and hid herself behind them with a small groan. “My turn.. how long have you to been, um.. involved?” his question elicited another groan from Grace and some squirming from Heather.

The eldest spoke up, drawing his attention away from their sister. “At the lake house, I think it was four or so years ago. In the bunk beds we.. we took turns fingering each other. It was also when we decided to keep things on the island to keep it safe but well, you see how well that precaution panned out..” Heather chuckled nervously then looked away.

All three of them were wrapped up in their heads, occasionally looking at each other or shying in another direction as no one knew where to go next. Mark picked up his glass just as Grace spoke up, looking at him with earnest, “Do you promise to keep this between us, Marky?”

“Yeah sis, I promise. And I’ll delete the videos off of the camera, Heather. I don’t even know what else to say right now though..” He added at the end as he brought his cup to his lips to take a swig.

“What would you say if I wanted to blow you every day, to practice for when I get a boyfriend.” Heather stated bluntly as Mark was drinking, causing him to choke on it and painfully clear his throat. This had his sister grinning from ear to ear.

His red cheeks and his tented jeans emboldened her as she strode over to him and gripped his package and leaned in close. With a slight squeeze she whispered against his lips “You’re buying the pizza tonight. And we’ll start in the morning.” before stepping back, pulling him from the doorway by his crotch before releasing him.

Mark was breathless as Grace hopped off of the bed, gave him a quick hug and scurried out after Heather. He blinked a few times before occupying the space that Grace had just abandoned. It was still warm where she had sat, suggesting they had been in his room a while.

What the hell just happened? The ache in his loins confused him greatly. His sister just propositioned him for daily blowjobs. His sister. And she touched his cock. Well, it was over his pants, but still. There was contact. His rubbed his bulge where her hand had just been and he moaned quietly.

Heather leaned against the wall just outside of Mark’s room. Her heart pounded in her chest. What had she done? What door was she about to open and what were they going to find on the other side?

Her dizzying thoughts were silenced the moment Grace’s gentle lips touched hers, with a startled little gasp that left her at the same time as Mark’s moan. The two girls giggled nervously upon hearing him, Grace stealing Heather’s hand and pulling her towards their bedroom for some alone time.

Several hours and a shower or two later, Mark’s stomach growled. He rolled onto his side and absentmindedly stared at the clock. Were they messing with him? They had to be serious, hell, Heather’s hand was on his cock. Even with that piled on top of of all the evidence he had collected, it was still difficult to believe.

The evidence.

He scrambled off the bed and to his camera, powering it up and scrolling through the files. The videos were still there. The pictures. Casting a nervous glance at the door, he went over to his computer and paused, staring at the now exposed memory card. Was it worth betraying the trust of his sisters by saving these videos? Mark sat heavy in his chair as he went through the steps to get into his encrypted file system, mulling over the moral dilemma of honesty and selfish greed.

It took longer than it should have to dawn on him that he was preparing to commit a greater sin, and that he had already acted upon it more than once. He felt his worn shaft twitch at the battling thoughts of what could possibly lay ahead and memory of Heather’s touch. Mark could not imagine going for another round yet, and luckily he didn’t have to. As soon as the files were downloaded securely and erased, Heather burst through the door unannounced. He looked at her expression of slight disappointment with confusion. Had she meant to catch him with his pants down? He felt his face brighten with embarrassment.

“What are you doing, Mark? We’re hungry. Get off of your computer and feed us. Now.” She huffed and stormed off down the hall, leaving his door wide open. He blinked a few times and only just realized he had been holding his breath, releasing it as he stood to follow her downstairs. Her hair had been wet, and she had changed clothes as well. His thoughts started drifting wildly trying to guess what they had been up to. He had made it ot the bottom of the stairs when Grace giggled at him, causing him to look down.

His erratic thoughts had his sweatpants tented again and he veered straight into the kitchen, trying and failing to pretend that he didn’t know they had seen him at attention. This was going to be hell, and he wasn’t exactly sure if he liked being at the mercy of two succubi yet.

Ten minutes later, Mark had placed the order and had run out of excess things to do in the kitchen. His hard-on had subsided but he still felt incredibly on edge. This was wrong on so many levels that he couldn’t count them. When he heard the garage door open, he had a sudden rush of relief followed by a stronger sense of dread. Could his parents figure out that something was off about the three of them? The girls had managed to keep their secret safe for years but this was foreign territory for Mark and he had very little confidence in himself at that moment when his father walked into the kitchen.

“H-hi Dad,” He said, unable to keep the awkwardness in his voice in check. As he was about to continue Heather came waltzing in and slung an arm around his shoulders, cutting him off.

“Hey Daddy, how was work? Mark was so nice he ordered us pizzas. They should be here soon!” She gave him a playful kiss on the cheek before skipping back out of the room. His expression was a mix of bewilderment and gratitude as she had managed to stop him from plummeting into a confession. He was able to chat about school with them until the doorbell rang and he excused himself to collect the pizza while their parents joined the girls in the dining room.

He sat opposite Grace and next to Heather while their parents sat on either end of the table. The school conversation resumed as Heather rattled off about the third semester and how she wished it were finals so that she’d get to graduate already.

“Never would have thought that I’d hear the day that Heather wanted a test!” Grace teased, earning a short glare from her twin.

It hadn’t dawned on Mark how close they were to the end of the school year and how close the girls were to leaving home. It made his stomach turn thinking about how little time they had left to explore this new territory.. well, he had little time left anyway.

“Look, I’ve got a few early callbacks from universities based on sport scholarships and I’m looking forward to getting out there!” She challenged, a small bit of sauce dripping on the side of her mouth.

Grace must’ve seen the dark cloud roll in over Mark’s head and she spoke up a little louder as she leaned over the table to scoop up the sauce with her finger, giving him a wink as she slowly licked it off of her thumb. The move made her heart race and it had similar effects on him. “I’m excited too, H, but you need to remember that when we go our poor baby brother will be all alone here with our parents pining over an empty nest.”

“We’ll be sorry to see you go, girls, but we know you’ll come back for holidays and for breaks.” Their mother said reassuringly, not having noticed the small exchange between the three of them. It did click for Heather as to what Grace was referring to as she watched her clean herself and she gave a sideways look at Mark when she continued off of her mother’s thought.

“Speaking of breaks and baby brothers.. Spring break is coming up in a few weeks, and it will be our last one before we leave. I was thinking we make it special, just the three of us. What do you think, Mark?”

Her hand had snaked it’s way over to him unbeknownst to him and groped at his crotch. It nearly made him jump out of his skin as he swallowed hard, trying to compose himself enough to respond.

“I-I uh, I think that’d be great. We’ve never really given ourselves a chance to.. bond really.” He had to drop his hand under the table and grip Heather’s teasing hand and remove it from his stirring package as heat rose to his face. He had barely had it off of him when he turned to speak to their dad when he felt her fingers brush him again. He leaned a little bit towards her and pinched her inner thigh hard enough that she withdrew and had to stifle a yelp. “Is that cool, Dad?”

“Mm I don’t know, we’ve got some maintenance to do at the lake house and it’ll be easier if we’re there to work on that.”

Mark chewed on a garlic knot, trying to think of something quick to change his mind, “Why not make a list of things that need to get done? I’ve helped you change filters before and whatnot. Leave it to me, and you and mom can have the house to yourselves for the first time in how long?”

Their mother raised an eyebrow and shrugged at the question, speaking up “He’s got a point, darling. Let them have the week. The house won’t burn down if a water filter isn’t changed immediately.”

The siblings looked at each other a little too enthusiastically and each caught themselves on their own, mischievous smiles faltering and giving way to more bashful ones. After some more chatter ensued and everyone had their fill, the twins took care of cleaning up. Mark discussed a bit more about what had to be done with the lakehouse and it was decided they’d be allowed to go alone in a few weeks’ time.

An hour later the parents went to bed and the girls’ cleaned up dinner. Mark was down in the living room on the couch, mind more than occupied about what the three of them could get up to at the lake house. He was lost in a thought of watching the girls splashing each other naked in the water and having them crawl up the sand to him afterwards. He had been absentmindedly rubbing himself over his sweats, unaware that the women of his fantasy were standing in the doorway staring at him.

Heather had thought to go up to him again and to do something to get under his skin but she had a better idea when she saw Grace watching Mark intently stroke himself. She pressed herself against her twin in the doorway. Her hand trailed down Grace’s stomach and teased itself into her shorts. Heather’s mouth found her ear and she nibbled on her earlobe as she started plying Grace’s clit with her fingertips. The middle sister gasped and widened her stance for Heather, silently hoping for her to slip inside her pussy. It was only when Grace gasped that Mark snapped out of his daydream and he saw what was happening. It made his eyes grow wider as well as his pants tighter as he watched Heather’s hand moving below Grace’s short shorts.

“What’s better, Marky? What’s in your head or what’s within your sight?” Heather asked as her lips moved down to Grace’s neck, kissing it with a knowing smirk. He had removed his hand from his crotch upon being discovered but he started rubbing again as the shock dissolved into something of forbidden lust.

“I.. I definitely think my daydream was better, but that doesn’t stop you from trying to top it, H..” Mark said slowly, savoring the moment. This was the first time he hadn’t felt starkly embarrassed by them and he felt somewhat daring.

Heather whispered into Grace’s ear and a moment later Grace pushed her shorts down until they dropped off of her soft ass onto the floor. Mark barely registered the bright flush that had overtaken the middle sister’s face, his eyes squarely on the slope of her finely haircoated mound and Heather’s fingers moving up underneath it. He let out an audible groan “Fuck..” as he watched with desires brimming.

Mark still wasn’t ready to pull his own pants down but he did wrap his hand around himself as best as he could while soaking in the view. Grace had dropped her head back against the doorframe and had moaned quietly, the timid sister having trouble matching Mark’s gaze.

All too soon Heather withdrew her slick fingers and painted them across Grace’s lips while Mark gawked at them. He almost came as Heather then licked the juices off and kissed her fully.

“That’s all for now, baby brother. Sleep well tonight!” She said with a wink, grabbing Grace’s wrist and tugging her away towards the stairs. She didn’t have a chance to grab her shorts and they were left abandoned just as Mark had been. He slumped back in the cushion, painfully erect and mind spinning.

It took him a good while longer to peel himself off of the couch and up the stairs towards his own room. He had let himself grow soft, which had taken longer than expected and left a dull ache in his lower stomach.

Mark paused outside their door, which was closed, and he looked at the doorknob for some time, pondering the risk of going inside uninvited. His sisters’ weren’t against barging in on him but he was apprehensive about reversing it. They had chosen to invite him into their incestual embrace and they could easily rescind that invitation. Well, not quite, he had remembered the files he had saved on his computer. He did have a way to get what he wanted, if push came to shove. Mark shook his head and continued onto his bedroom, that wasn’t necessary, and it wouldn’t be, right?

He had gotten into bed after discarding his sweats and laid back, hands under his head. No, that wouldn’t be needed at all, as they’d shown their eagerness to have him just as much as he had them.. But he wanted more. That’s when he had an idea that had him standing and by his computer, as well as awakening his shaft once more.

Taking his camera, he quietly crept down the hallway and into the bathroom. Inspecting the room, he found two locations that would work for what he had planned. One spot, which was incredibly risky but guaranteed to capture all of the action was on the back of the toilet, th lense pointed at the shower. He did a test recording and confirmed that the main focus of the shot would be at his hip level and he couldn’t stop himself from stroking a bit as he tested the second spot.

That second spot was wedged in the towel rack. It took a bit of work getting the camera to focus where he wanted and it was still a little higher than he had hoped. It was, however, a much, much safer spot and less likely for Heather to discover it. He just had to remember to give her a towel to ensure his secret stay safe.

That was where he’d leave it, and he’d be sure to have it turned on and recording for when she was ready for her.. Their shower. How exactly was this going to work? Heather hadn’t given him anything else to go on aside from what she wanted to do with him. He had edged himself yet another time in the bathroom thinking about her mouth and it took until that buildup of tension to start to dissipate before he returned to his room.

Mark found very little sleep that night, a combination of restless thoughts, a rarely idle hand and the anticipation of what was to happen had his eyes open when the sun’s first rays of light peaked through his window. He heard his parents speaking with Heather in the hallway, knowing she’d be departing for her morning run. Just the thought of her in her little running shorts made his morning wood hurt. Lugging himself out of bed he threw on some comfortable clothes and made his way downstairs.

He froze on the last step. Grace would be in the kitchen, all by herself. How was he supposed to act with her while they both knew what was going to happen in a small amount of time. He tried to tuck his shaft into his waistband to hide it. Mark was almost worried that he’d never be soft again at this point but he shook the thought out of his head and made his way into the kitchen.

There was Gracey, her light brown hair cascading down her shoulder on one side. She had her book sitting ready at her spot on the counter and she smiled timidly at him.

“Hey Mark, want some cereal?” she asked, raising a spoon to punctuate her question. He simply nodded and went to the fridge to get the milk out while she sought out some bowls.

“So..did you sleep alright, sis?” He asked, bringing the carton over to where she was. Grace was on her tiptoes trying to grab two bowls off of a tall stack on one of the higher shelves.

“I did y-yeah.. ugh I can’t reach. Help please?” She cast a pleading look over her shoulder to him and he came closer to do just that. His shoulder brushed hers and he paused, feeling her tension match his own. He dared to bring his hand back up to her shoulder and gently hold it as he plucked the bowls from the shelf.

She was incredibly quiet as his fingers brushed a bit of her hair away to reveal her neck. He was close enough to see the goosebumps rise on her skin as he leaned in to kiss her cheek gently. “There you go.” He handed them to her and went to sit down.

They had eaten in relative silence, the occasional glance or avoidance of looks when one caught the other. Each were blushing and within their own heads. Mark wished he knew what she was thinking but his nerdy sister was never very easy to read.

He glanced at the clock and realized that Heather’d be due back at any minute. So he excused himself and took the stairs two at a time to the bathroom. He double checked his camera in the towel rack and decided to turn it on then and re-secure it.

That’s when he heard the front door open and slam shut. Then there was some quiet talking and he then heard her on the stairs. He turned the shower on and then rethink that action. Should he have been in here at all? Heather stopped and stood in his way.

Her white shirt clung to her sides and showcased her cleavage quite nicely. Her breath was still a touch heavy and it was hard not to look at the rise and fall of it. He swore he could see the tip of her nipples pressing through the thin cloth that covered them.

They both held their stance, unsure of what to do or how to proceed. Heather’s eyes flickered down to follow his gaze, then across the way and down his body. His cock had successfully freed itself from it’s temporary prison and had no qualms about making itself known.

“H-hey Hea-” he started only to lose his voice as she peeled her shirt off of her body. He remained silent as her bra was discarded. She turned around slowly, watching his eyes follow her pert breasts until she was facing away from him.

His attention trailed down her slender side to her ass as she took hold of her running shorts and sensually removed them. To his surprise, she had not worn any panties underneath and he had his first full view of his sister’s pussy and tight asshole peeking out between her firm cheeks. He let out a soft groan, his loins hurting. She stayed in that position long enough that he had taken a step towards her.

When he had, she straightened, turned to him with a playful smirk and shook her finger at him.

“Naughty little brother.” She teased and brushed by him, letting her thigh rub against his still covered hard on. She stepped into the shower and went for the soap straight away.

He ogled at her as she covered herself in bubbles. Mark gulped as he looked down at himself, struggling to formulate a plan or any thought at all for the matter. He decided that action was probably better than thinking at this point and he dropped his sweats and boxers, losing his shirt on the floor with Heather’s and he made his way into the shower with her.

Heather had been watching him and silently hoping that he’d be brave enough to join her. The nervous butterflies that swarmed inside of her made her jittery and brought her horniness to a new level. She had almost opened her mouth to say something when she felt the cold air of the shower door opening and she felt his breath on her.

She stayed facing the water as she waited with baited breath. His hands were shaky as they reached out to cup her hips and she nearly flinched from the touch. The flinch made him retract his hands as if she was something hot but she had caught his wrists, returning his hands to her body. She slid her hands down over his, they were much smaller than his and they shook slightly, that tremble matching his. She pressed his fingers into her sides and took a deep breath and she stepped back to press her body against his.

His shaft found itself wedged between her tight ass, the suds letting it slide slightly as she swayed just a little. He leaned forward into the cascade of water and kissed her cheek, just as he had Grace’s before. This time though, he kissed lower, onto her neck as Heather brought her hands up, dragging his up to touch her breasts. She smiled as he sighed into her ear.

“This is your first time, Marky? We could stop you know. I know this.. isn’t exactly right.” She leaned her head back onto his shoulder, looking up at him with doe eyes that sparkled with a hint of mischief that she always had within her. He locked eyes with her. He could feel she was as nervous as he was when he shook his head no. He leaned down and brought his lips to hers. There was little hesitation before Heather kissed back.

He cupped her breasts freely, molding them in his hands too gently, afraid at first that he’d hurt her. She sighed into the kiss and pressed against his cock with her ass. It wasn’t long before she broke the kiss and turned within his arms. Her hand found his stomach and traced down until it bumped into his shaft. She bit her lip and looked down at it before wrapping her hands around it.

Only the sound of the water splashing around them echoed through the room. He felt like it was his turn to speak, his voice almost dry as he said “You don’t have to, H, we could stop..” that was the last thing he wanted to do but he would end it to protect his sister.

Heather’s grip tightened as she leaned up to kiss him again and she whispered against his lips “Not a chance, little bro.” before she slowly sank to her knees to get eye level with his head. She could feel his heart rate increase beneath her fingers, or it was an extra rush of blood as she licked his wet head. Heather licked again and looked up at him with a grin and a wink before taking his head into her mouth. He moaned as she sucked and turned her head slightly. When she tried to go deeper she gagged a bit and pulled back up to his head. She giggled a bit nervously, and the vibrations had him groaning. That all too familiar feeling was starting to build up, and way, way, way too soon for Mark.

She had tried again, this time more prepared for his thickness in the back of her mouth and she bobbed there. He ran a hand over his face and splashed some of the shower water onto it trying to cool himself down. Heather was on a mission though and she still had several inches to conquer.

Bit by bit, she sucked and slobbered three fourths of the way down his shaft. He could feel her throat contact around him with each breath and Mark knew that he was going to lose it. She had had her eyes screwed shut as she worked his cock. When she had finally opened them their eyes met and Mark’s entire body shuddered.

“Oooh fucc–” he moaned as Heather started sputterint and choking. Her hands shoved his hips as she tried extracting his erupting cock from her throat. The entire night he had spent edging had proved to be enough to choke his sister as well as coat some of her face with his cum. She was still gasping as he started apologizing through his orgasm. He looked down at her, white dripping off of her cheek and onto her tanned breast. She was still breathing heavy as she caught her breath but she smiled up at him. She was beautiful. And then the spell was broken as she teased, “Well I don’t know whether I’m that good or you were that excited about being inside your sister, Marky, but I think that was kind of fast.. don’t you?”

“Look-I I wasn’t that excited.. wait, hold on, I mean I was but..” He was talking himself in circles and felt himself failing to defend himself or his lack of stamina.

She stood back up into the shower, his residual seed falling from Heather’s face as she turned into the shower. When she turned back to her flustered brother, she was smiling at his floundering. “”You actually tasted pretty good, Marky. I could get used to that.” She leaned up to give him another kiss before stepping out of the shower and over to the towel rack. Just as she reached for a towel Mark called out to her suddenly enough that she jumped and turned around questioningly.

“H, I-I ah, can I touch them one more time?” He smiled weakly, hoping his boyish charm would cover his nervous glance over at the camera, which could now be partially seen. She rolled her eyes but relented, moving up to him to let him grope her breasts once more. She had taken the towel with her and wrapped it up around herself before he was done.

“You’re going to be late for school, perv. Get moving.” She said and left the room. He sagged against the shower wall, relieved and absolutely spent. She was right though, he had to get moving. He dried himself off and carefully took the camera back to his room. The girls had already left and he had to get himself to on the bus quickly.

Saying it was difficult to focus in school was the understatement of the year. He pretended to take notes and was off in dreamland whenever he didn’t have a teacher’s eyes on him. Even then he was still preoccupied with thoughts of occupying his own flesh and blood. During third period he spent some time researching things and realized that what he had done that night was exactly the opposite of what he should have been doing to ensure he’d last longer. He made a mental note to change that for tomorrow morning.

It wasn’t until sixth period that he started to reflect from a less sexual standpoint of what they were all getting into. He started having doubts about all of this. Incest was forbidden on so many levels and having stepped out of the haze he had been in, there was a bit of regret from this morning. Had he crossed a line he shouldn’t have?

These thoughts ate him up through sixth all the way till eighth period, where he and his friends were sometimes allowed to leave early. There was always a chance one of the girls would pick him up instead of him hitching a ride with a friend and he sort of wished that he had ridden his bike to school that day instead of waiting on someone else.

His best friend, John, shouldered him on his way out the door with a shiteating grin as he turned on Mark with “So who is coming to get your sorry ass today? God I hope it’s Grace. She’s got the sweetest little face and oh you have no idea what I–”

A punch to the side made John double over slightly and fall into a fit of laughter. Instead of relenting, he continued “Or if it’s Heather I hope she has to get out of the car. Those legs are to die for” he emphasized at the end.

Mark growled, glaring at his friend, “I can arrange that real fast, John. Keep that shit up.”

“How could I not when I’m fantasizing about your sisters??”

That sent Mark into another play attack as John howled with laughter, peppering in “Oh Johns” mocking a woman’s voice. Luckily for Mark, his agony was to end early as their car pulled up and both girls were there. This delighted John and he did what he could to hang in the window to chatter until Heather pulled the plug, or more precisely rolled up her window. Mark flipped his friend off as they pulled away and left the image of a laughing John behind them.

Mark sank into the seat and groaned a bit. If only John knew how close he was to the truth. He couldn’t know that, not ever. His self-induced torment was not noticed by the girls, who were talking quite excitedly with each other. It took a second or third prod from Heather that got him out of his funk.

“How was lil Marky Mark’s day of school? Did you tell all your friends you kissed a girl today? Or rather, a girl kissed you?”

“F off Heather, you know I couldn’t do that!” His answer had her laughing and teasing him more. He pulled his earbuds out and decided to drown them out with music.

By the time they had made it home, Mark had relaxed enough to be joking with them. His mood soured once more, however, when he was informed that he’d have to spend the next hour in his room by himself.

“B-but you said we.. you know, stuff!”

“We have to get ready, Mark. Stop being such a horndog and be patient!” he was chided by his eldest sister and he only replied with an eye roll, storming up to his room and dropping his backpack by the door.

He had tried to leave the room once about twenty minutes in only to be yelled at and shooed back inside. The girls were adamant that he not interfere with them and that if he’d just wait he’d get quite the treat. After this morning, getting a taste of what his sisters could offer, the waiting was absolutely torturous. He had exhausted YouTube and other means of entertainment when Heather finally knocked on his door. She had a smirk on her face but her eyes showed she was still a bit nervous about all of this. Mark wasn’t sure what he could do to erase that trepidation aside from letting her do things at her own pace. Which, in his opinion, was only so fair as they had had years of experience together and his was barely reaching two days. He wanted more. A lot more.

His brain stopped working when he walked into the girls’ room. He hadn’t expected to walk in to this, but his former thoughts were all but gone; they were jumping into the deep end, immediately.

Grace was splayed out on the bed, slender legs wide and bent, exposing her beautifully shaved mound to her siblings standing at the edge of the bed. Mark was still gawking while Heather was explaining to him what he was supposed to do.

There was a slight rosy color that sat high on Grace’s cheekbones, one that matched the shiny pink slit that continually winked at Mark every time he looked down at it. He was earnestly trying to listen to Heather but his attention kept sliding down Grace’s pale leg to her glistening pink lips. Both girls noticed, one growing frustrated and the other more flustered.

“Men! I swear. Alright, get on the bed Mark. She isn’t an exhibit to oogle at. She’s your sister. And she wants you to touch her.” Both turned their heads to Grace as she made a small squeak at Heather’s brashness. It made Mark flush and Heather grin like a madwoman. Grace really wished she wasn’t the only one naked here.

Heather gripped her brother’s wrist and knelt on the bed between Grace’s legs, dragging him down onto the bed with her. She released her hold on him and watched as his hand hovered in the air for a moment, a slight tremor in it. Finally he moved forward.

Grace moaned softly as Mark’s finger probed her slit. His finger was clumsier than Heather’s, sure, but it was thicker and it took a lot of willpower to stay still as he explored her. He was just shy of hitting the right spot so many times it was trying to even the most patient sister.

Heather watched as he added a second finger between her swollen lips and scissored them apart, his eyes soaking in Grace’s dampness as it clung to his skin. His thumb brushed her inner thigh as he pushed them in suddenly, causing Grace’s back to arch with a small gasp. He withdrew them enough to do it again to see her squirm and he couldn’t wipe the grin off of his face. Grace’s mouth was parted slightly as he thrust inside her again, just missing her gspot.

Their older sister could see Grace’s slight frustration on her face and her slender hand slid down Mark’s arm to his own, her fingers running alongside his and just against Grace’s pink lips. She said, almost at a whisper, “Here, Mark, rub her right here… like this..”

Gently she turned his fingers upwards and curved them with her own, stroking Grace slowly until Mark’s movements matched hers. The bookworm moaned freely as her siblings jointly fingered her. This was even hotter than she had imagined the night before.

“Now lean down and see what she tastes like, Marky. Lick from your finger up to and around her clit. You can really make her squirm if you suck on it and use your teeth a little.” She said with a devilish wink as Grace gasped in surprise protest. The noise wasn’t enough to deter him as Mark leaned down and took a short breath, inhaling her earthy scent before licking at her nub.

Her back arched slightly again upon contact, her hazy eyes looking down her body at her brother’s transfixed gaze at her pussy. She was glad that Heather had shaved her for him, his first pussy should be special. That’s what Heather had said, anyway, as both girls had prepped for tonight. She was pulled from her thoughts from earlier as Mark’s mouth returned to her body, kissing and licking her flower. Grace bit her lip as he worked his way back to her nub while their fingers danced in sync within her tender flesh.

Mark had had his eyes closed, lost in his sister’s folds with each new sense she invaded and overwhelmed. He had her clit trapped between his lips, flicking it and sucking on it. Her noises matched whatever he did with her and it drove him wild. He remembered Heather’s advice about teeth and he suddenly gave her a nip, forcing a cry out of her as her legs jerked in response. There was a long groan afterwards, which was difficult to decipher as to whether it was pleasurable or not for her. He almost didn’t care. He wanted her to jump again.

Her legs had started to quiver and her breathing grew shorter as she dropped her head back to sigh. His teeth found her nub again and she did just as he desired- a delicate yelp accompanied by a whole body twitch that had his cock move on it’s own in tandem. What he hadn’t realized as he grazed his teeth over her clit again was exactly how close she was to cumming. If he could have seen Heather’s face he would have had a clue, but aside from his athletic sister’s fingers curled against his working inside Grace’s cunt, she didn’t exist in that moment.

The middle child let out a sharp, unintelligible exclamation just as her walls constricted around their fingers. Her hips rose up just as the waves of pleasure crashed through her and carried her away. Mark wasn’t prepared for the small gush of liquid that left her but he did what he could to lap at it, a soft moan escaping his own lips only to be drowned out by hers. He slowed himself down just seconds after Heather’s fingers did, his licks elongating and his movements gentler. They still sent Grace mewling and squirming until Heather softly extracted their fingers from her pussy. The three of them sat there in a silence peppered with Grace’s short breaths.

“M-mark? Could I see it, please?” Grace had asked after she had recovered somewhat from her orgasm. Her face was still red from her orgasm but he could see it creeping down her bare chest as her eyes flickered down his body. It took another moment before he realized what “it” was and that’s when the ache in his loins hit him full force. He had been rock hard the entire time he had been exploring Grace and hadn’t thought twice about it. Hell, not even once.

He cleared his throat, his entire jaw feeling soaked from his sister’s juices and her scent still permeating his every thought. He looked down at his tented pyjama bottoms and back up at Grace, who was now sitting up, still stark naked and absolutely gorgeous. Mark nodded, “S-sure, Gracey”, as he pulled down his pants enough for his cock to spring out. Both girls gasped and giggled, the laughter making him feel somewhat insecure until he caught a whiff of his sister’s sex again and he joined in with a nervous chuckle.

“So.. now that you see it.. Do you want to touch it?” He asked with bated breath. He still had the feeling of Heather’s lips memorized but the thought of watching Grace wrap her delicate ones around his shaft.. oh he seriously needed to not think about this. He did not want a repeat of this morning and nutting shamefully early. But then again Heather choking on his seed… Mark had to pinch himself and focus on the now and he did just in time to see Grace lean forward and gingerly grasp his cock. He groaned softly as she gave him an experimental tug.

The three of them had their eyes glued to Grace’s tentative strokes and how Mark’s cock twitched in response to her fingers. Both girls bite their lips at almost the exact same time when Mark let out a quiet “Oh jesus christ” as Grace lowered herself to kiss his head. She made a bit of a face, looking up at him and then at Heather.

“It’s a little salty.. but that’s okay..” She said with a smile to ease the worried look off of Mark’s face. Heather had said the same thing after she had swallowed half his load this morning in the shower and surely she would have told Grace about the taste. Her tongue poked out of her lips and found his head again, licking the rest of his precum off of him and making him shiver.

Heather had gotten off of the bed to slip off of her long legs, keeping her gaze at the pair on the bed. She spread her legs slightly, letting her hand move down her still covered stomach to the edge of her panties. Just as Grace took Mark’s head into her mouth Heather slipped her fingers underneath and inside of herself.

Mark’s attention was torn between his sister fingering herself inches from him and his sister sucking tenderly on his shaft. When he tried to speak, his throat was dry. “Come closer, H.” She listened, propping one knee up behind him on the bed and keeping her stance wide. He watched as her fingers played underneath her pink lace panties and he brought his fingers up to join them inside. Heather was absolutely soaked and her snatch throbbed as his fingers entered her in a similar fashion to how he had Grace’s just before.

Heather leaned down to breathe onto his ear, her lips brushing his neck just below it and sending a fresh wave of goosebumps over his skin. She paused just long enough for him to wonder what she was doing before he felt her nibble his neck. He groaned and leaned his head the other way to offer her more. His eyes closed again as he felt Grace suck more of him into her mouth, her small hand wrapped firmly around his base. It was rapidly becoming more and more difficult to think for him.

Grace finally opened her eyes to look up at her younger brother fingering their sister. She whined slightly around his shaft, the noise needy and involuntary. The vibrations brought Mark’s gaze down towards her and they locked eyes. Her big eyes behind her glasses managed to get bigger as she blushed again, her cheeks matching the pink color of her lips that his dick disappeared into. His own parted in a low groan, he could feel the pressure within building quicker than he could keep in check.

He pressed another finger into Heather as his eyes stayed glued to Grace’s mouth. Her focus was solely on him, her wrapped fingers working in sync with her mouth while her other snuck forward. Mark held his breath as she cradled his balls until her big doe eyes met his again and he lost everything then.

There was a grunt and a short hip thrust from him that gagged Grace enough that she tried to pull back. His unoccupied hand caught her cheek as gently as possible as he thrusted again with his second spurt of cum. She froze as he held her there, filling her mouth for the first time. She tried swallowing some while still attached to him and he made a pained sound that startled them all.

“I-it’s really sensitive now,” he tried explaining, still lost somewhere on cloud nine, “G-gracey, christ. Th-that.. oh god that..” still unable to express things. He was tugged somewhat out of his bliss when Heather whimpered, her needs still unmet. It was an uncharacteristic sight, seeing her with a face of desperation and it struck him as another thing he’d remember for the rest of his life.

Grace had carefully disengaged from his shaft, wiping her mouth with the back of her hand and giggling slightly. She edged closer Mark and she tentatively kissed him, the smile on her face equal parts bashful and mischievous. He wanted to kiss her more but she had turned to Heather, pulling her down onto her back on the bed.

She brushed some matted hair out of her twin’s face before leaning down and kissing her fully. Heather’s fingers traced up Grace’s neck and tangled themselves in her hair. The two moved almost as one, while Mark was left attempting to figure out what he should do with himself. The position shifts had left Heather’s pussy vacant and upon making that connection, the boy couldn’t help himself.

Mark hooked two fingers around her darkened panties and pulled them down and off his sister’s legs. Her pussy was a perfect mirror of Grace’s and shaven just as bare. He looked up at his sisters’ locked in their lustful kiss and still somehow he felt a pang of missing out from the bond that they had. He must’ve watched them for too long as it took Grace gripping his hair and pushing his face down into Heather’s slit to get him out of his thoughts and back with the program. He flicked her nub with his tongue and renewed his efforts inside her. Only when Heather’s breath caught did Grace release her hold on his hair to go back to groping their eldest sister’s chest.

Settled between her legs, Mark employed what he had just learned on his eldest sister and to his surprise he had gotten the lessons fairly well. Each gasp that Heather tried expelling was stolen by Grace’s commanding kiss. With his other hand, at last was able to grope Heather’s firm ass at his leisure. She squirmed within his grasp which made him grip her tighter until a finger brushed her rim a little too roughly. Heather bucked and Mark swore he heard her gasp his name into Grace’s mouth but that didn’t stop him. He had seen Grace do it before and he wanted the same. Purposefully, he brought his pointer finger back against her rim and he pressed in.

She writhed and did what she could to stop him but any effort was lost as he returned to sucking on her clit while fingering both her holes. Combined with Grace’s kiss and her hands kneading her nipples, Heather was soon overwhelmed and brought to her own beautiful climax. He felt her body constrict around him, an extra thrust forced her to squirt on his face and part of his shirt. Mark was stunned from the excess liquid, his hands still inside her quivering body.

Grace had finally released Heather from their kiss and she sat back, the heat of the moment giving her much more confidence than he had ever seen in her before. He sat back as well and practically fell off of the bed, which sent all of the siblings into a short fit of laughter. It was still a little nervous but it did wonders dispelling the awkwardness of what happens next.

“Hah..well, I don’t know what to say other than thank you both and uh.. wow this sounds lame huh?” Mark brought a hand to the back of his head and chuckled a bit more before falling back into silence. They all looked at each other, exhausted but with a sense of achievement. He looked down at the floor to where he had discarded Heather’s panties and he scooped them back up, holding them out to her, “Want these back?” he asked with a wolfish grin.

She returned her own with a bit of sass, “No, that’s your trophy for making it through your first day with us. Alongside all of those juices dried on your face and shirt.” Both girls giggled as Grace leaned in to whisper into Heather’s ear. The eldest shot her twin a look before returning her attention to Mark. “And I guess you’ve earned a place in the bed tonight. You’re kinda big, so it’ll be tight.. but I don’t think you’d mind that, would you, Marky?”

He was shocked by the offer and he nodded a bit too eagerly, sending them into another giggling fit. Mark rolled his eyes and tugged off his wet shirt, dropping it along with Heather`s panties onto the ground.

“Just for tonight though, Mark, we can’t get caught by our parents. God knows what they’d do…” Grace had a worried look on her face as Mark crawled between them.

She seemed to melt a bit as he stopped a few inches from her face to whisper “Well you need to learn to be quieter, huh, Gracey?” before kissing her into the bed. She whimpered into his mouth and it made his worn cock twitch. He wanted more, so so much more, but he could sense all of their exhaustion despite the excitement and newness of everything.

He released her from the kiss and he saw a twinkle of something different in her eye before she scooched back, making room for him in the middle. It was a little awkward at first rolling onto his back but he paused to kiss Heather as well, though not as deeply. The eldest noticed that and when Mark had settled down she leaned onto his chest and brought her lips back to his. She broke the kiss off and took Grace’s chin into her hand, pulling Grace in to bite her lip until she had Mark groaning again from the show.

“Ladies, ladies, you’re killing me here!” he cried, rubbing his hand over his face. He could feel himself harden again. It only took one stray hand to discover that poorly hidden secret.

“Killing you? Sure it isn’t all the blood rushing from your head to your.. well.. head?” Heather said coyly as she teased his bulge. She had her cheek resting against Grace’s, their eyes on him, amused by his bewildered expression. “You probably wouldn’t sleep well with this, would you?”

“No, I don’t think he would, would you, Marky?” Grace’s smirk was almost as big as Heather’s as she turned to delicately slide down Mark’s core to his hips. Heather followed her twin, her cheshire smile disappearing behind her hair just as his pajama pants were tugged down to his knees.

He bit his own lip as both girls presented their asses to him, swaying slightly as they whispered to themselves just above his cock. He could feel their breath on his prick as they giggled and peaked back at him.

Mark frowned at the giggles and brought his hands up to swiftly slap both of them on an asscheek. The girls yelped and quieted down for a moment, foreheads touching as they looked back wide eyed at him. Something clicked with him then, and he lowered his voice to a level that surprised them all, “Neither of you will sleep if I have this all night.”

The silence that followed his threat was heavy enough to make him question whether that was overkill or not but Grace nodded, then Heather did as well. When their gaze returned to either side of his shaft, he returned his hands to their asses. He could feel each of them flinch and it made him smile. That flinch felt good.

Grace kissed his head as Heather licked around his base. His hands were full of flesh as he squeezed and pulled at each sisters’ asscheek. Heather’s was amazingly tight and muscular, he could feel her muscles working under her skin as she adjusted herself to reach more of his package.

Grace’s ass was still firm but it had a softness that let him mould it however he wanted it to be. It was a little plumper too, not that that was easy to tell from anywhere other than on this very personal level. He spread their cheeks apart again to spy their hidden rosebuds. Mark eyed Heather’s and licked his lips. He had already had his finger inside there and he knew he’d have to have more of her soon.

Removing his hands from their backsides was more difficult than he had imagined. When they decided to listen to him, they slid down to tickle each thigh and delighted in the little squirms he received. Twisting his hands, his fingers traced just between the girls’ velvet lips.

“You two are so fucking wet.” He said in astonishment and was met by a soft choir of moans. Mark felt his head become enveloped by Grace’s soft mouth. Heather had pulled forward enough to lap at his balls while still remaining within his reach. She was rewarded by two fingers finding their way into her slit.

Pressing into their velvety holes Mark had them both squirming and at his mercy. Whenever he took one hand away to grope a plump asscheek they’d whine needily until he slipped back inside, stroking their tender flesh just as Heather had taught him.

They had traded spots, Grace’s mouth gently licking Mark’s balls as Heather tried to take all of him inside of her mouth, something she still hadn’t been able to do. She gagged around his girth and he slapped her ass without warning, making her yelp on his cock.

“Take me in enough so you can kiss Gracey. I know you want to, H. So do it and don’t come back up until you touch her lips.”

He wasn’t sure if she could do it but it sure was thrilling telling his sassy sister what to do. He spanked her again and heard what he could only assume was a string of muffled curses. He struck her ass once more to elicit another yelp as he scolded “Mom taught you better than to talk with your mouth full.”

She groaned and tried to swallow more of his shaft. His fingers inside Grace hadn’t stopped moving and she was panting fairly strongly by now. She also may have felt bad for Heather as she brought her head closer to Mark’s base. He saw that but allowed it to happen. He wasn’t going to push his luck much further than this and right now he felt pretty fucking lucky.

Heather choked as she pushed herself onto his last inch, almost headbutting Gracey with a kiss. The middle sister gasped and kept her lips mirrored with Heather’s as she came back up to Mark’s head to breathe. He put two fingers back inside of Heather and let his thumb tease her asshole as he praised her.

The two girls made out atop of Mark’s head, their lower lips and tongues caressing it as they reached for the other. He pressed his thumb inside and forced a groan out of the eldest sister. He then teased Grace with the same motion before forcing his way inside. Grace yipped and squirmed somewhat and she whispered she couldn’t take it anymore.

Her holes tightened around his fingers and he rubbed her to and over the edge. Her hot breath trailed down his shaft as she laid her head on his leg, the quaking too powerful for her to stay up with. When he withdrew his fingers, instead of licking them clean he brought it over to Heather’s leg and pulled it over his chest, forcing her to straddle him.

Grace shifted enough to make this easy for him and Mark took little time between Heather settling down on him for his tongue to slip into her ass alongside his thumb. She squealed with surprise and delight, pushing back on him just as both girls returned their oral assault on Mark.

They groaned in unison, it was almost a race to see who could get who off first. Mark fingered her holes as he slipped his tongue in and out of her rim. It was a different taste than Grace’s pussy and he knew he was growing addicted to it with every thrust. Grace hand repositioned herself between his legs and had resumed kissing and licking at Heather as her twin went back to throating his shaft. This time she was ready and when he started moaning into her ass she pulled back and the two of them licked and suckled his head until he burst.

There wasn’t as much cum as before but there were several strong spurts that rewarded each girl with splotches of it on their lips, chins and cheeks. He drove a third finger into Heather’s slit and with the other he pinched her clit dragging her down into ecstasy with him. His chin and neck were awash with her sex as she came just as hard as her sister, collapsing onto him.

They laid there in a tangled mess of bodies, their breath slowing down over time. The girls sat up, Heather dismounting shakily and they licked and kissed each other clean slowly. Mark grinned despite his exhausted state as he watched them swallow every last bit of his cum.

At last, each girl flopped down on either side of Mark, kissing him in turn.

“This was.. unbelievable, Gracey.. H.. how.. how is this even remotely possible I don-” Grace touched his lips with a soft finger, quieting him.

“Let’s just let it be for now, okay? We can talk about this in the morning.” she said, nodding towards Heather who was already passed out in the crook of Mark’s right arm. He nodded and kissed Grace one more time, and he wished her a goodnight.

The middle sister snuggled into her brother and wished him the same, sneaking her hand down her side to find his and lacing her fingers in between. There was a warmth that formed inside of his chest, one he hadn’t felt before and it helped carry him off to sleep.

The morning after, Mark woke up in his sisters’ bed with neither girl in the room. Rubbing his eyes, it took a moment for everything to come back to him and when it did it hit him like a flood, nearly knocking him out of the bed.

He went downstairs after collecting himself and his discarded clothes, expecting to see Grace there. Instead, his bowl of cereal was there, alongside a small plate of freshly made cookies. There was a note tucked just under the plate.

Mark picked it up and read it.

Don’t be late for school! Gracey and I are headed out for the day and we won’t be back until tonight. When we get back, try to last a little longer.

Xoxo,

Heather and Grace

Ps. Grace said you deserved cookies so she made them special for you. I think she is crazy.

Slightly disappointed about missing out on the promised morning blowjob he bit into a cookie and smiled, it was his favorite kind. He reread the note and set about daydreaming of the endless opportunities the future held for him and his siblings. Since he had the morning to himself, he figured he’d spend it updating his digital family album. That was, of course, after he enjoyed his treat.

Claire needed Sex 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Claire’s body was glowing with heat; she was panting her desire when we finally relaxed back to the bed. I was fully aroused; my nuts were packed with another load for my hot little sister. I moved between her thighs and lay over her body.

It was about 10:30 Friday night and I had just gotten home from running with my friends. I was tired and a little drunk from three beers I sneaked at a party. My parents were still at the bowling lanes; they wouldn’t be home until after midnight. I didn’t know where my sister was but she was sixteen, I didn’t need to babysit her, and I didn’t particularly care where she was or what she was doing. I headed for my room and pulled out a XXX DVD and stuck it into my laptop. As I got ready for bed the video started. It was a favorite. A seventeen-year-old boy becomes a man with his step-mother, then he fucks a couple of her friends, and finally her sixteen-year-old daughter, his step-sister. The end of the video has my hero fucking both the mom and daughter as the light fades into darkness. I was eighteen and was still waiting to get my first piece of ass. I imagined myself in the video with those four hot women.

About the time the step-sister was giving my hero head, I heard a knock on my bedroom door. I jumped, startled by the interruption, then closed the lid of my laptop before snarling “Who is it?” I was irritated that someone had interrupted my self-indulgence. I was naked under the blanket and my boner was aching from the pressure of built-up lust.

The door opened a few inches and my little sister Claire stuck her head in and asked “What are you grouching about.”

“You’re bothering me. Go away.”

“What are you doing?”

“I’m trying to get some sleep, now get your bitch ass out of my fucking room.”

Not only did she not get out, but pushed the door wider, stepped inside, and closed it again. “I heard voices, you watching a movie?” She lifted the lid on the laptop and the video began to play again. Claire stepped back and watched as the kid on-screen rammed his hard meat into the girl and started screwing her, the step-sister’s boobs were bouncing all over her chest while she got fucked. My sister turned to me and said “I thought this is what you were doing,” then backed up and parked her ass on my bed and turned back to the screen, “Who is she?”

I wanted to shock her, to get her out of my room so I said “That’s his sister. She got too nosy so he’s raping her.”

“Don’t look like rape to me; she looks like she’s enjoying him a lot.”

“Damn it, Claire, turn it off and get your sorry butt out.” She didn’t move so I kicked at her but the blanket softened to blow.

Claire looked over her shoulder and smiled impishly, “Are you naked under there?” she quizzed.

Her question made me wary, “No.”

My sister stood up, grabbed the end of the blanket, ripped it off me then threw it on the floor, in half a second I was lying completely nude in front of her. She grinned hugely and said mockingly, “Oh Travis, you lied, you’re naked.” My erection had deflated a little but she looked directly at it then asked “I’ve only seen one live prick before, is that as big as it gets?”

I felt myself burning red with embarrassment but something else was happening to me. My cock started to grow larger again, reacting to Claire as she watched it. Her eyes were glittering as she glanced into mine and asked “Have you ever had sex?” I couldn’t answer her, I couldn’t make any sound as I looked back at her. My silence gave me away, “Me neither, I almost did with Jacob but he squirted all over my clothes when I touched it and I didn’t go out with him after that,” she said then added, “but I still want to.”

“You want to go out with him again?”

“No, I still want to have sex.”

My throat tightened but I managed to croak, “You’re only sixteen, that’s too young to be doing that yet.”

“What do you know about it? Maybe you played checkers when you were sixteen, but a lot of boys and girls my age play other types of games. Let me show you, you’ll see, I’m old enough” she began to unbutton her blouse.

Claire peeled off her blouse, she wasn’t wearing a bra. Her tits rose firmly from her chest in twin mounds of smooth flesh and skin. Her nipples extended from the light brown circle at the tip of them. She was flushed around the neck and face, her cheeks glowing in the dim light. I watched, fascinated, as my sister unhooked her skirt and let it fall to the floor. She looked me then turned in a full circle, showing me her body. At 5’5″ she weighed maybe 110 pounds. Her shoulders and back slimmed to a waist I could span with one hand then flared out as her hips and ass then rounded down to firm thighs. Her panties were white lacy high cut briefs that accented the curve of her thighs and butt. She finished the full circle facing me again. I could see a shadow of pubic hair hidden behind the thin lace.

My cock had exploded to full strength while she was putting on the show, my embarrassment burned out of me as a morning fog burns off from the sun. Claire stepped closer to the bed, looked at my hard-on which was aimed at the ceiling then put a finger in the band of her panties and pulled it from her stomach then offered, “You want to take them off me?” She let the elastic snap back against her skin.

This was too sudden; I couldn’t figure out exactly what was happening, “What the hell are you doing Claire?”

She pointed to the monitor where the kid was fucking the girl, “I want to do that and I don’t want to wait anymore.” She looked back at me, I saw her shiver, she said cautiously, “We can do it together.”

“I’m your brother, we can’t do that.”

Her moment of timidity faded and she announced firmly, “Of course we can, you have a stiff prick and I have the place for it, right here,” She put a hand into her panties and rubbed her crotch, and justified, “You don’t have a girlfriend, I’m not dating but we both want that,” she nodded to the monitor again. “I watch this stuff on my laptop and it’s fun, but I think it would be more fun if a boy was with me.”

That got my attention, “You watch porn too?”

“Sometimes, and guess what I found, and it’s something I kind of think about.” I was thinking blowjobs, but she surprised me, “I look at videos with brothers and sisters doing it.”

“Brothers and sisters, together?”

Claire sat on the side of the bed and put her hand on my thigh, a couple of inches below my erection, “They fuck and it looks like fun.” She nodded at the video where the step-sister was bouncing on the boy’s cock, “We can too if you want.”

I glanced at the monitor then back to Claire, my prick was as hard as it ever felt, it was thudding with pressurized lust. I was yielding to my sister, “You watch brothers and sisters doing it? Show me.” I grabbed my computer, shut off the video, and handed it to Claire. She smiled big then sat on the bed next to me, her tits bounced and swung back and forth, enriching my view and thoughts of her.

We sat side by side, she typed XNXX.com into the address bar and in moments the monitor was full of sex videos. Claire didn’t stop there, she went to ‘search’ and entered ‘brother and sister’ then a new set of videos popped up. “See, I bet not all of them are real brother and sister but I look for the amateur ones, they look more real. I looked at her, my mind was blank, who the hell was this girl sitting next to me?? Claire, my younger sister was missing, in her place was this strange girl, I didn’t know who she was.

She ran the mouse over a video, “This one looks real, she’s playing a guitar and starts talking to her brother then they fuck.” I looked at the screen to see a pretty blonde girl with really long thick hair, smiling and talking to the camera. Claire turned up the volume then I sat back and got my introduction to incest. The video ran for about twenty minutes and in that time the girl convinced her brother they should screw, then they screwed. All the way, the fading scene was her fingering cum from her pussy while she cooed soft affection to her brother. My sister didn’t say a word the whole time, she didn’t need to. When the show was over Claire asked, “You want to see more, or do you want to do that with me now?” My younger sister was sitting on my bed brazenly offering to let me fuck her and I was frozen with anxiety. She noted my uncertainty so continued by rationalizing, “If we do it together then we can have sex anytime mom and dad are gone. I think you could like the convenience of having me in the room next to yours. She leaned closer to my face and stated with bold determination, “I’m not some bitch getting paid to make a fuck video, I’m right here, I’m real and I’m horny.” She stood from the bed then repeated without shame, “I don’t want to wait anymore Travis, you don’t have to wait anymore.”

My hands were shaking as I reached for the waistband of her panties and pulled them over her hips and dropped them to the floor. I was staring at her tits which were shaking when Claire reached for my hands and held them against her hips then swayed her ass under my touch. I moved my eyes lower until I was looking at a real live girl’s crack for the first time ever, she said: “Set the movie back to the first time he fucks his sister; I want to see that.”

“It’s not his true sister, she’s the step-sister.”

“I don’t care who she is, back it up, I want to see when he puts it in her the first time.”

I sat up to reset the DVD and when I turned back, Claire was lying directly in the middle of my bed on her back. I sat next to her and began a close intimate inspection of my unexpected playmate. My prick was beginning to stretch the limits of the skin holding it together. She took my hand closest to her body and pulled it over her left tit and pressed it into the softness. Her skin was hot, I could feel her heart thundering under my hand, she was shaking like she was freezing. As I fondled her breast, she put her other hand between my legs and gripped my erection.

My entire body shuttered at her touch. My heart was hammering a thousand beats a minute and I could hardly breathe. Claire started pumping my cock which was spitting drops of clear fluid onto her fingers. She smiled up at me, spread her legs, and urged softly “Touch me down there, rub me and put your finger in me.” I slid my hand off her tit and over her stomach, through soft dark curls then down between her legs. When my fingers touched the hot lips of her sex, she arched her back and flexed her hips, rubbing her cunt on my hand. She hissed sharply when I extended a finger into her crack and felt for her hole.

I pushed my middle finger into the tender opening of her body. Claire was rolling her head back and forth, eyes closed, mouth partly open. She hissed softly every time I pulled my finger out and grunted when I pushed it in. I put my other hand on a tit and played with the nipple. While I was fingering her, she was trying to rip my bloated erection off my body. She reached for my hand and pulled it away. Claire opened her eyes and looked up at me. Moving her head back and forth had thrown her hair over her face, half of it was hidden behind the soft raven waves; one blue eye peered at me through the curls. Her eyes darted briefly to the video just as the step-sister was pulling my guy by his erection toward her pussy. Claire held her arms up and voiced almost silently, “Do it with me, Travis, now.”

I laid on the bed next to my smoking hot sister, she twisted around until we were lying face to face on our sides. My cock was pressed against her thigh. Claire lifted her leg and hooked it over my hip. My erection slipped between her legs and wedged itself against her body. I began to stroke along the lips of her pussy, mixing the fluids seeping from her with mine. She put her arms around me and held me tight, her tits were mashed on my chest. She was moving in waves, gasping for breath in my ear as I humped my ass. She was so hot she set me on fire everywhere we touched. I rolled her to her back, staying locked in her arms so I ended up over her, between her legs. Claire loosened her grip on me so I could maneuver the head of my prick between the sides of pussy. She told me she was a virgin so I asked “Will this hurt you?”

She managed to utter, “No, I used something.” She looked at my video just as the kid was putting the head of his cock into the girl. Claire locked her eyes on mine and urged one more time, “Put it in, I want to know —– I want to feel—–.” My sister rolled her hips and the end of my cock slipped into her. We were still; I could feel the pressure of her hole surrounding the end of my erection which pulsed each time my heart thumped. I bent my back, pushing further into Claire while she lay quiet, looking at me. My ass clenched tight which forced me even deeper into her; she moved her legs farther apart which gave me more room to move. My hands were pushing into the mattress on each side of her head, my arms stiff so I was angled from my head to where our groins touched. All of a sudden, I realized I couldn’t go further; my rock-solid erection was as far into my sister as it would go. Our pubic hairs were tangled, our bodies pinned together by my cock. Neither of us moved for a few seconds, we just looked at each other, then Claire began to smile. She licked her lips with the end of her tongue and flexed her hips, my cock slid out a couple of inches then back in. I returned the smile and pulled out of her until her pubic hair was tickling the end of my cock then thrust back into her. After a second thrust, which she met by pushing back on me, we were fucking.

We were both having sex for the first time so neither of us knew exactly what we were doing. For the first few moments, I was pounding into her while she slammed back on me but we were out of sync. We had no fuck rhythm so I kept slipping out of her. When I did, she would reach for me and help me put my swollen muscle back into her. I slowed down deliberately so she could move with me. It wasn’t long before Claire and I found a rhythm so we were climbing to higher and higher levels of excitement. I marveled at the feeling of sliding in and out of my little sister’s hot limber body. She was moaning softly, hands on my back, holding me close. Her tits were mashed against my chest, her stomach rubbing on mine. I watched her face, every time I shoved my cock deep into her, she gritted her teeth and hissed lightly. I could smell her, I could feel her, I felt her breath on my ear; I wanted all my senses to experience the girl so I bent my head and licked her neck. That final touch, my tongue on her skin triggered my orgasm. I couldn’t stop it; I couldn’t control it. I was hammering her cunt, forcing a flood of fluids deep into Claire. She felt me lose what little control I had and rocked harder with me, letting me fill her with cum.

We fell apart, side by side, neither of us saying anything, just trying to catch our breath. The girl on the video was crying “Fuck me, fuck me faster, harder!!” so I turned over and switched it off. Claire twisted her head to me and smiled, “That’s what we just did.”

“What’s that?”

“We just fucked fast and hard.” She rolled over and crawled over my body then laid full length on me. She reached between us and dipped her fingers into the goo leaking from her cunt, pulled her hand out, and studied the mess carefully, “I guess I should have told you not to do that.”

“What?”

“Finish inside, I want to have sex, not a baby.”

I panicked! “You’re gonna get pregnant!?”

My sister smiled, “You’re a boy, does it matter to you if I do?”

“Yesss!” I hissed; my heart was thudding with fear for my sister.

She wiped the cum from her fingers on my chest the assured me, “I don’t think that can happen right now, I’m supposed to start my period in two days. Sandy says that’s a safe time to screw all the way.”

Slightly relieved I asked, “Then why would you want me to pull out?”

“Because if we do this a lot you can’t think you can cum inside me every time.”

“We are going to do this a lot?”

Claire looked into my eyes, moving seductively against me, and replied, “Didn’t you like it?”

I put my hands on her ass and pulled her closer, pushed my still hard cock between her legs again, and said, “I didn’t know we could do this. That was the greatest thing I ever felt.”

She slapped my chest and said, “Let me up.”

I watched her when she got off the bed to clean up. I still couldn’t completely believe I had just had my cock inside her and stuff she was wiping off the inside of her thighs with my t-shirt was mine. She dropped the shirt then left my room. I thought she was done with me but about a minute later she came back carrying a bottle of water. She turned off the light and dashed to the bed like a little girl scampering for cover in the dark. She climbed back onto the mattress and wrapped her arms around my neck and kissed me squarely on the mouth, “Can you do it again?”

“You can’t stay here. Mom and dad will be home soon, you have to go back to your room.”

She pushed away slightly and took a sip of water, she offered me the bottle while talking, “No I don’t. When they get home, they always sneak around so they won’t wake us up. When is the last time you remember them looking to see if we were in bed? If they wake one of us, they think they can’t have sex, so they act like we are in bed and sleeping. It don’t matter if we are sleeping or not, they want to think we are, so they don’t chance waking us before they screw, I hear them sometimes. But, just in case they do look, I just put some extra pillows and blankets in my bed, in the dark, it looks like I’m there. I can stay here and they won’t know.”

She flopped to her stomach, wrapped her arms around a pillow then looked me up and down, “What are you doing here?” I asked, “Why aren’t you in bed with some guy?”

“I am in bed with some guy.”

“You know what I mean, you’re my sister. Why?”

Claire rolled to her back, giving me a full-frontal view of her nakedness. My cock was growing larger and harder. She put her fingers around it and stroked me lightly, “I’m not sure but I think it’s because you and me can do this and I won’t be a rumor in school. I’m don’t want to open myself up for slutty gossip from girls and don’t want a bunch of guys hitting on me for sex. I never ever thought I could do something with you, but Sandy changed my mind.”

“Sandy?”

“Yeah, she and I stole some wine from her mom and got drunk a couple of months ago. She got totally wasted then told me that Colin fucks her.”

“Colin, her brother?”

“She told me all about it, how they started, what they do and stuff like that. The next day when she remembered what we were talking about she got all fucking worried I would blab to everybody but I told her I wouldn’t. You are the only one I’ve told.”

“So now you think it’s okay to be in bed with me?”

Claire smiled, “Sandy is still alive and not all crippled and ugly from shame or sin, and seems to like what they do. After she got over the shock of revealing her secret to me, she started telling me how they do it, that she likes it, so I started thinking about us that way.” Her fingers on my cock were causing it to pulse with sexual tension. She squeezed me harder, “Haven’t you ever thought about doing this with me?”

“Well, yeah” I admitted, “but that’s like wrong or something. I’m your brother” I reminded her for the third time.

“It’s only wrong if one of us don’t want to. I didn’t exactly force you and I don’t know another boy that I want to fuck around with right now, you’re close and available.”

“Available?”

“Aren’t you?”

I sat up next to her, “You think you can stay here and mom and dad won’t know?”

Claire smiled, her clear blue eyes radiating delight, “All night,” she smacked my arm and grinned at me, “but only if you want me to.”

“We could watch my DVDs and do what they do, we could both learn a lot.”

“Or more online brothers and sisters. But whatever, I promise, whatever a girl does for a guy, I’ll do the same thing for you, but you have to do everything he does too.”

“Blow jobs and butt sex?”

“Blow jobs and butt sex.”

“We’ll have to spend a lot of nights screwing around if we do all that.”

Claire smiled; lights danced in her eyes, “If that’s what it takes.”

I reached for her but she twisted away and laughed, her eyes twinkling. I lunged for her and tried to wrap her up in my arms but she squirmed out of my hold and tackled me. We wrestled on the bed for several minutes, laughing, touching, caressing, kissing, and teasing as the friction of our naked bodies heated our lust, my erection was in agony from the force of the blood pounding through it.

Claire’s body was glowing with heat; she was panting her desire when we finally relaxed back to the bed. I was fully aroused; my nuts were packed with another load for my hot little sister. I moved between her thighs and lay over her body. She lifted one leg and crossed it over my back, “Kiss me” she whispered. I put my lips on hers and probed her pussy with the end of my erection. Her tongue slipped into my mouth at the same time my cock slipped into her.

Claire gasped, sighing out a slow but faltering breath while I held mine, overwhelmed by the feeling of having every inch of my cock cradled and squeezed in her warmth. Claire started moving, rubbing her stomach against me. I was surprised at the strength of the sensations caused by her total acceptance of my erection. My sister was getting more active, moving her hands to my sides and pulling on me as I moved. She moaned, light and breathy, but audibly. I looked down, again awed that this was Claire and not some other enthralling girl. I knew her so well but it was so strange. This was not the scowling, sarcastic sister I knew and was used to, but it was still clearly Claire. Her eyes were closed, mouth slightly open with the hint of a smile. Her body unlike I ever seen it, her breasts sliding up and down as she rocked. As I looked at her face contorted with passion, the full impact of the truth finally crystallized, I was fucking my little sister. That thought drove a spike of heat directly to my nuts and I damn near came again but paused to let the feeling recede.

She grabbed my waist with both hands, raised her knees to my side, then rolled her ass, urging me to start fucking her more. Trying to get better leverage, I lowered onto her, pressing my chest against her breasts then wrapped my arms around her back, pulling her closer while pounding her pussy with violent energy. The loud slapping of our groins broke my reverie and I reminded myself again that fucking Claire should be wrong. I looked at her profile, at my sister’s face that glowed prettily from the feeling of my erection in her, and the iniquity fled and I knew it would never return to haunt me.

Claire was lost in the moment. Travis’s grasp was so sure, his arms strong, their bodies meshed as they were designed to. His weight felt so good pressing down on her, his erection felt so right. As her passion grew, she knew that seducing her brother was right, the timing perfect. She had no doubts, felt no guilt for offering him her body. Her climax began as a sucking of air, a straining for oxygen as she stretched her head past his for breath, Travis kept thrusting into her, her body tensed then she held it taut, fighting against the cramps, the sensation of him in her overwhelming her completely. She was so immersed in her orgasm she was barely aware when her brother came in her again.

My sister was right about our parents. We were resting after our second fuck when mom and dad came home. Claire rolled off the bed to the floor away from the door just in case, but nobody looked in on me or her. After a couple of minutes, she slipped back to bed with me then we fucked two more times before she sneaked back to her room.

Claire and I started sleeping together whenever we knew we could get away with it. We set up my laptop and watched porn videos then acted out what we watched. Two weeks after we started fucking my sister got up enough courage to give me a blow job. I got her seriously hot by licking and fucking her pussy with my mouth then talked her into sucking me off. The first time, I sprayed her hair and face with cum but she got a taste when she licked the residue off her lips. She sucked my cock a few more times but wouldn’t let me cum on her tongue. Then one night she got more adventurous, more daring. We wrestled around until I ended up sitting on her stomach, her tits were cushioning my balls. I lifted slightly then put the bulb of my cock against her lips and pressed against her teeth. Claire’s eyes crinkled with fun and she parted her lips, letting me slip the end of my erection over her tongue. She reached under me and cupped my balls in one hand and wrapped her fingers around the shaft of my cock with the other. I started slow fucking my sister’s mouth as she squeezed my nuts. The feeling was incredible. Her pussy was hot and soft and I enjoyed screwing her immensely, but this was so much hotter. The longer I fucked her face the more she looked like she enjoyed me.

I reached one hand behind me and put it between her legs then ran my long middle finger over her clit and into her body. Claire jumped at the sensual intrusion and tilted her head a little more, giving me more mouth to fuck. I could feel her hand on my butt pulling on me, I slipped my cock deeper until my balls were touching her chin. Claire gagged and pushed me out. When she could breathe again, she said “Do it slower so I won’t gag.”

“What if I cum?”

“Why do you think we are doing this? The porn guy just fucked his sister’s mouth, now you get the same thing.” She kissed the head of my erection then guided me back between her lips. I slid over her teeth and into her throat again. Claire tilted her head and I could feel her throat muscles working on the end of the shaft as she tried to keep from choking. I started stroking slowly, pulling out far enough that she could catch a quick breath then plunged back between her lips. I felt her throat relaxing, allowing me to move my cock even more. Claire put her hands on my hips to help me hump her face. She expected me to cum so I didn’t try to hold back, my balls signaled the end, my cock filled and I groaned to my sister, “I’m losing it!” She closed her eyes and gripped my body just as the end of my dick blew the first shot of hot cum into her throat. She retched once then pushed me halfway out and settled down as I pulsed more hot salty fluid between her lips. Claire swallowed four times rapidly as I pumped my nuts dry.

As soon as she caught her breath, she pushed me off and to my back. She dry retched a couple of times then began to smile, “Okay, now we know how that feels.” Claire climbed over me and put her pussy directly over my face, her knees on each side of my head. I attacked her body slit with my mouth while she held on to the headboard of the bed and rocked. She was moaning and shivering as I licked her cunt. It took less than a minute of my mouth on her to send her into a body wrenching climax. She bucked her hips, I sucked on her crack as fuck fluids seeped from her.

We lay side by side, naked and sated. I propped up on an elbow and looked down at Claire, “Don’t you get worried about having a baby? I mean, we’ve been fucking like crazy for three months now and we aren’t always being careful.”

My sister colored red, “I haven’t told you yet, but after my last period, I told mom I was having sex with Harold Fritz. She got all bent out of shape and yelled at me but then told me I should get the pill or something because once somebody starts having sex, they won’t stop. She took me to Planned Parenthood and now I have some little thingy inside me that keeps me safe from thoughtless bastards like you.”

Her revelation caused my cock to regain its full glory almost instantly. Claire was caressing my chest with fingers while I ran my hands along her smooth warm legs, “So, when do you think you will fuck somebody else?” I quizzed.

Her body jerked when I pressed my middle finger on her crack, feeling for the tender, sensitive clit hidden there, “I don’t know,” she sighed heatedly, “I’m still having a lot of fun with you, but maybe soon because we have a plan” she hinted as she bumped her hips to drive home the point, my finger slid along her swollen pussy.

Moved away from me to push me to my back; Claire got to her knees over my lap then held my hard-on against the lips of her cunt. She started rolling her hips, I watched her pussy lips rubbing on my cock as I asked “Who is we, who has a plan, what plan?”

“Remember I told you Sandy screws her brother? Well, I got her to talk more about it, then I told her what we do. Now I’m supposed to ask you if you want to party with them somewhere. Brothers and sisters, we could have a lot of fun.” Claire lifted up and held my prick so she could sit on it, “I want you to watch me fuck him while you do her, then we want you guys to both fuck us at the same time, you know, two guys, one girl. She and me are ready for that.”

“What about you and her, while we jack off on your tits?”

Claire smiled sensually, “Maybe.” As visions of an incestuous bi-sex foursome danced in my head my balls donated another injection of semen to my sister.

The Shortest Skirt in School Part 01 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Puberty hits Simone in an unusual way.

I guess that it started when puberty hit me when I had just turned 14. Yes, puberty hit me much later than all my friends at school and I was so relieved when I woke up one morning and realised that blood was seeping out of my vagina. I had started to believe that my parents or maybe my brother had been sneakily giving me some puberty blockers.

Anyway, I was having my first period and I was happy. I was also in some pain.

I jumped out of bed and ran downstairs to where I was expecting my mother to be and told her my good news.

“Oh right, they told you what to expect and what to do about it at school I assume?” My mother asked.

“Yes mum.” I replied.

“Off you go then Simone, you don’t want to miss the school bus do you?”

“No mum.” I replied as I dejectedly turned and walked back upstairs.

You see my mother, and my father didn’t really care for me, I was a girl and I had overheard mum telling Mike, my 16 year old brother, that they had wanted 2 boys, not one of each. That revelation had explained a few things to me, like why they were so distant with me. Things that I had got used to.

Thankfully, Mike is a good brother and he has always shown more interest in me than either of my parents. He spends time with me, helping me with my home work, playing games with me and it was him who taught me to swim in our pool.

Oh, by the way, I’m Simone or Si, dependent on who you are and if you want to annoy me or be friendly towards me. I’m skinny with shoulder length dirty blonde hair that I often wear up in pony tail. At that time my breasts couldn’t really be called breasts as I was only just starting to get little lumps under my nipples.

I guess that I should say that my parents both have good jobs that take them away from home a lot and my monthly allowance has always been quite generous, probably just to keep me off their backs.

In the last year or so, Mike has been particularly attentive to me, especially when Lizzy, my BFF was around for the day or even sleepovers. I didn’t realize it at the time but he got more attentive when Lizzy’s body started developing. He played games in the pool with us, and card or board games on an evening after Lizzy and I had changed into our sleepwear.

Looking back I guess that it was only natural, he was an older teenage boy and Lizzy’s body was developing nicely.

We had a live-in babysitter cum full time housekeeper until a couple of years ago when my mother decided that I was old enough to be left on my own when Mike wasn’t at home. Now, a cleaner comes in twice a week to do the washing and cleaning and an oldish man who comes once a week in the Spring, Summer and Autumn to do the garden and look after the pool.

We live in a nice house in the suburbs of a big city, mum and dad having an en-suite bathroom and Mike and me sharing the other bathroom. We have a small swimming pool that is great for when the weather is warm and I love swimming and sunbathing when I have nothing better to do. The house has neighbours but their houses are about 50 metres away and at the bottom of the garden, at the other side of the pool, is a wooded area that gives the pool man a lot of leaves to take out of the pool.

Anyway, I told my girl friends at school my good news and they were all pleased for me, Lizzy telling me that I should go and see my doctor and get put on the pill. She also tried to take some bets on how big my tits would grow before the next school year started in 4 months time. I’ve never been a fan of big breasts since I saw some older women with huge breasts that looked quite painful to me so I hoped that mine would grow no bigger than my mother’s which are a B cup.

Life went on for a few weeks with me checking my breasts every day to see if they’d got any bigger and me being disappointed that I couldn’t see any change in their size.

I made my own appointment to see my doctor and didn’t even tell my mother that I was going. I just knew that all she would say would be words to the effect of,

“Oh, right, okay.”

The girls as school that were on the pill didn’t tell me that the doctor would want to examine me and I was surprised when he poked and prodded my breasts and my pussy. My eyes opened wide when he was poking my pussy and I got a nice warm feeling as he did so.

As I was walking home I remembered Lizzy and other girls saying that they got all tingly when they touched their pussy and Lizzy said that she’d had what she assumed was an orgasm when she’d played with her little clitoris. Ms Johnson had explained things like that in our sex education classes and I had felt a little backward when I’d told Lizzy that I hadn’t even explored ‘down there’.

The doctor touching me had made me think about such things and that night when I went to bed I took my knickers off and explored myself with my fingers. It felt good.

The next morning I propped up a mirror between my legs and watched myself exploring. That was the first time that I really discovered my clitoris. The lump of skin near the front of my slit was definitely a lot bigger than the last time that I’d looked at myself, and playing with it as I watched felt nice, really nice.

The other things that I noticed was that the flesh at the sides of my pussy and the front of my slit felt a but meatier. I thought that I must be putting on weight and swore that I’d eat less. The other thing was that my slit and pubic bone appeared to me growing forward, getting more pronounced.

I didn’t put my knickers back on under my T-shirt when I went down to get myself some breakfast. I wasn’t exposed or anything because the T-shirt was a long one designed to be a nightdress. It did feel nice being without knickers in parts of the house that I had never been undressed in before.

Over the next few weeks I started to notice changes in me, not only my body which was turning more womanly instead of being straight up and down., but in my mind as well. I started becoming obsessed with my breasts, my pussy and the rest of my body. I had my first proper orgasm as I played with my growing lump of skin at the front of my slit. I discovered that I could pull the hood back to reveal another lump, my clitoris that was even more sensitive than the rest of my pussy.

Once I had that first orgasm I wanted more and started trying for orgasms every opportunity that I could.

I started sleeping without knickers or nightdress and it felt good, only putting a nightdress on to go down for breakfast.

As well as the above, I realised that I liked what was happening to my body. I’d noticed that some of the girls at school had got all shy and tried to hide their bodies as much as they could, even skipping the showers after PE. Me, I was the reverse. Stripping had never been an issue for me and when puberty finally hit me I liked what was happening to my body and I was proud of it. At the end of PE lessons I’d proudly strip naked and walk to the showers.

I’d often got a few nasty comments about my lack of, then the very small tits, from the unpleasant girls but I didn’t care. They’d started growing and I was proud of them.

When I noticed that a few pubic hairs had started growing I had a decision to make. Most of the girls at school removed their pubic hair, some bragging about how they shaved them off or plucked them out. One girl bragging that her parents had bought her a laser hair remover. I looked at the girls who had full bushes and didn’t like what I saw so I decided to get rid of mine.

The next time that daddy was at home for a meal I asked him if I could order something that I wanted from amazon. Without even asking me what I wanted he let me take photographs of his credit card so that I could use it. All he said was,

“Be sensible using it. I’ll get you a card of your own but if you abuse it I’ll cancel it.”

Three days later my very own laser hair remover arrived and was put into use that evening. I’ve been bald ‘down there’ ever since.

The other thing that I noticed around that time was that I became more aware of the clothes that I wore. Until then I’d just worn the clothes that I had, most of them being young girl’s clothes. Our school doesn’t have a uniform policy and I’d never heard of anyone being sent home for what they were wearing. Most of the girls in my class wear clothes designed for older teen girls, most of them wearing jeans.

I had some jeans at home but I have never been a fan of jeans or shorts, much preferring skirts and dresses.

The next time that my mother was at home I asked her if I could have some new clothes, clothes that were more appropriate for a teenage girl. Thankfully she understood where I was coming from and she let me photograph her credit card but gave me a similar warning to what daddy had given me. I went online and started shopping.

I looked at the models wearing teenage girl’s clothes and couldn’t help notice that most of them wore short skirts, their bare legs looking good. I wondered what I would look like in skirts that short. I stood in front of a full length mirror and experimented holding my skirt higher and higher up my thighs.

Giggling a little to myself I held the skirt so that my knicker covered pussy was showing and wondered what people would say if I wore a skirt that short. As I was studying myself I realised that my pussy and nipples were tingling. I started thinking about male teachers and older, cute boys at school seeing me like that. Then my brother, Mike, and even my father seeing me like that. My pussy was feeling good, really good.

Then, without even thinking, I lifted my skirt to my waist and pulled my knickers down and off, then pulled my skirt back up to where it had been, revealing my now bald pussy. I stared at myself for a good minute then fell back onto my bed and started rubbing my clit.

Two minutes later I had what was at that time, the best, most intense orgasm that I had ever had.

Al I lay there, my breathing starting to slow and my brain starting to work again, I realised that the thought of men seeing my bald pussy was a real turn-on for me and I started to imagine me being in school wearing a skirt that short with no knickers. My tingling got stronger and the fingers on my right hand started getting busy again.

After my second orgasm withing 30 minutes, my brain was still thinking about the teachers seeing my bare pussy when I heard a noise in the house. I got up, went and closed the bedroom door then went back to my online shopping. Although I only stopped browsing when I got to pages of models wearing very short skirts.

I ordered half a dozen skirts, the longest could be called a miniskirt, the shortest, a short microskirt. I also ordered some G-strings, all of them see-through to one extent or another. I was sick of the old granny style knickers that my mother had bought me and if anyone was going to see up my skirt and see my knickers I wanted them to see my pussy.

I also ordered some new tops made of thin material and in designs that I thought looked good on the teenage girl models.

Even though my breasts were starting to grow I never even considered buying some bras. I’d only ever worn a bra (of sorts) when mum bought me a little girl’s bikini and I had no intention of starting to wear one unless me breasts got big and unmanageable.

I spent the rest of that day wearing just a T-shirt that was knee length. It felt good being knickerless and I vowed to not wear knickers most days, even when I went to school.

My first knickerless day at school felt good to start off, but I soon forgot about being knickerless and only remembered when I saw boys or teachers staring at my legs, bare below my knees..

It was only when I saw a teacher staring at my bare legs as I sat on the front row in the classroom that I started thinking about the way girls sit. Although my mother had never said anything to me about always crossing my legs when I sat, I’d noticed that some of the girls had started crossing their legs and I’d started doing the same some of the time.

Until I saw that teacher staring at my legs I’d never even considered why girls crossed their legs. As I looked around the classroom I realised that nearly all the girls who were wearing short skirts were crossing their legs. I remembered looking at myself in the mirror when I’d held my skirt above my pussy and I remembered the nice feelings that I’d had.

Even though I was wearing a knee length skirt because my new ones hadn’t arrived, I opened my knees a bit and felt the fresh air on my pussy which started to tingle.

I looked around and saw the few girls that were wearing a skirt as long as mine. All of them were sat with their knees not crossed and slightly apart.

“I bet that they are all wearing knickers.” I thought and smiled to myself.

I saw the teacher look at my legs again and wondered just how far up my legs he could see. As I watched him looking at me I saw that his face looked as if he was concentrating on something. It could have been him just concentrating on the boring history lesson or it could have been because he was straining to see if he could see more of me.

I doubted that he could see my pussy but I decided that when my new skirts came I would be knickerless in his class and that I would sit with my knees apart. I was going to tease him.

A few days later my new clothes arrived and I rushed to my room to try them on. As I tried each one on I bent over in front of the mirror to see if I could see my bare butt and pussy.

I was trying them on in the order longest to shortest and it was only the second skirt that I’d put on when I bent over I could see my bare butt and bald pussy.

“Wow,” I thought, “I’m going to have to be careful when I’m wearing this.”

As I smoothed my hand down the back of the skirt I smiled and added to my thought,

“Maybe I could have some fun teasing the boys.”

I tried on the other skirts and when I put the fifth one on I wasn’t sure that I had the courage to wear it in public, especially without knickers. When I put the last skirt on I questioned my sense in buying a skirt that short. When I was stood up straight my butt and pussy were covered but as soon as I bent even a little bit, without knickers on, anyone who wasn’t close to me would be able to see the bottom of my butt, the front of my slit and probably my clit.

I put that skirt in the back of my wardrobe thinking that I would never wear it.

As I stood there, naked, looking at myself in the mirror, the thoughts of what I could easily show made me so horny that I lay back on my bed and rubbed my pussy to another orgasm.

That evening was typical for those days with Mike and I home alone and I had to get the tea ready so I put on my longest, new skirt and one of the tank tops and looked at myself in the mirror. My legs were bare to above mid thigh and my little breasts and nipples were making tens in the thin material of the top. It was the first time that I’d worn a top so thin and I was pleasantly surprised how big my nipples looked to be. I thought about the other girls that I’d seen after PE lessons and was sure that my nipples were bigger than all the other girl’s. I made a mental note to check again after my next PE lesson.

As I entered the kitchen I saw Mike sat at the table reading a magazine. I watched as he looked up, said hello, looked back at his magazine then looked back to me.

“Wow Sis, you look different.”

“What do you mean Mike?”

“Your clothes, and you’ve got some tits.”

“Only 2 I hope, and I’m a girl, girls grow tits.”

“Yes, I suppose that they do, but from what I can see with that tight top yours are growing nicely.”

“Thanks Mike, I think that they look great as well.”

“So you’ve got some new clothes then Simone?”

“Yep, mum let me photograph her bank card. The only problem is that she threatened to change it if I spent too much on clothes.”

“You can’t blame her for that, it’s only common sense that she keeps an eye on what you’re buying.”

“I suppose. Do you like my outfit then?”

“It’s cute, it suits you.”

“This is one of the longer skirts, I’ve got some that are obscenely short.”

“Going to flash your knickers to all the boys are you?”

“I bought some see-through G-strings but those are for emergencies. Most of the time I’m going to go commando.”

“Well you be careful Simone. Will you take a bit of advice from a caring brother?”

“If you mean you, yes.”

“If you are going to flash your tits or pussy then make it look accidental. That way there’s little chance of you getting arrested.”

“Who says that I’m going to flash my tits and pussy?”

“That top with no bra and a short skirt with no knickers does.”

“I was going to ask you to not tell mum but what’s the point.?”

“You’re probably right Si, but I’m not going to tell mum or dad what you wear or don’t wear anywhere. So are you going to wear those to school?”

“Yes, why not?”

“You do realize that lots of the boys will follow you up the stairs so that they can get a look at your butt and pussy don’t you?”

“Yeah, but I’ve discovered that seeing a boy, or man looking at my pussy makes me feel good.”

“Does it make you cum? You have had an orgasm haven’t you Si?”

”Yes I have, and I’m sure that if more than one boy or man was to stare at my pussy I’d cum without anyone even touching it.”

“That horny eh Sis?”

“Yeah, is that normal Mike?”

“Being horny is normal for teenagers.”

“You as well Mike?”

“Yep.”

“So if I were to lift my skirt up and let you see my pussy would you get hard and want to fuck me?”

“I’m hard just looking at you in that outfit Simone. There’s going to be lots of hard cocks at school tomorrow.”

I giggled a bit then said,

“So would you want to fuck me?”

“Yes, but you’re under 16 and you’re my sister so it ain’t going to happen.”

“Spoilsport, I was hoping that you might be my first. Do you want to see me naked?”

“Bloody hell Sis, yes, no, your my sister, of course I do, what teenage boy wouldn’t?”

I put my hand on the hem of my top and pulled it up and off, not feeling at all embarrassed, but feeling quite wet between my legs.

“Cool move Sis, yes, your tits are growing nicely, are they an A cup yet? I like the swell, the mounds that are growing behind your huge nipples. Jeez Si, they are way huge, are they hard, they look hard.”

“Touch them Mike.”

He did and I moaned as he rolled them between his fingers and thumbs and I felt bolts of electricity going from my nipples to my clit.

“Wow Sis, they’re amazing.”

“Yeah, I like them too, I’m sure that they’re bigger than those on all the other girls in my class.”

“I can believe that.”

I decided that it was time for Mike to see my pussy. He hadn’t seen it since we shared a bath when we were little. I unfastened my skirt, let it fall to the ground then jumped up and sat on the kitchen table.

“Wow Sis, no pubic hair, hasn’t it started growing yet?”

“I had a few but I used dad’s credit card to buy a laser hair remover.”

“Does he know?”

“That I used his card yes, he let me photograph it, but no, he doesn’t know what I bought.”

“Naughty girl.”

“So do like my bald pussy?” I asked as I spread my legs wide.

“How could I not like it. Actually, it looks very much like the last time I saw it all those years ago except that now it’s oozing your juices and you now have a clit. And what a clit, is that the hood sticking out or is that your actual clitoris?”

“It’s my actual clit, it’s too big for the hood to cover it.”

“Is it that big all the time or does it shrink when you’re not horny?”

“It does get a bit smaller and softer when I’m not horny.”

“So it’s like that all of the time?”

“Very much.”

“It’s like the end of a finger without the nail.”

“So is it bigger than most girls, it’s bigger than Lizzy’s., but it’s difficult to see the other girls in the showers.”

“I’d like to see Lizzy’s clit, but yours bigger than any that I’ve seen.”

“You’ve seen a lot of girl’s pussies have you Mike?”

“On the internet. Can I touch it?”

“Sure, but don’t be surprised if I cum.”

He did and I did, me shaking and jerking as I lay flat on my back on the kitchen table with my spread legs hanging off the side.

“Told you.” I said when I was able.

“Fuck Simone, that was awesome.”

“So will you measure my tits please Mike? I want to know how big they are and it’s pointless asking mum.”

“I don’t know how?”

“Neither do I but I’m sure that google will.”

We both had a little laugh then Mike said,

“Shall we get tea ready then? And maybe you’d like to put your clothes on.”

“Do you want me to.” I replied, “I’m not cold and mum and dad won’t be back tonight, or does me being like this bother you?”

“Hell no Simone, I just thought that you might want to get dressed. You could stay like that 24×7 for me.”

“I might just do that, you looking at me makes me horny.”

After a while Mike asked me why I was suddenly happy to, and wanting to be naked in front of him.

“I don’t know, it’s since I had my first period. Foe some inexplicable reason I just want to let people see my naked body.”

“Well don’t worry about it Simone, I’m sure that you’ll grow out of it but in the meantime I can’t think of one normal boy who wouldn’t want to see you naked.”

I did stay naked and after we’d cleaned-up after tea we went to the computer in my room and googled how to measure breasts. I was just shy of an AA cup.

“So do you want to show me your other new clothes Simone?”

“I can do that for you Mike. Sit on my bed at watch.”

I went through the skirts the same way as I had earlier, but putting on a new top that I thought went with that skirt. With each outfit on I bent at the waist in front of Mike and each time he told me that I was going to have to check who was around before I bent over.

Each time that I put a different skirt on, as well as bending over, I squat down with my knees wide apart and each time Mike made some comment about my clit being visible.

When I put on my shortest skirt Mike said,

“Fucking hell Si, if you go to school wearing that you’ll have to stand perfectly still all the time.. Walk to the door and back.”

I did and Mike repeated his comment about me standing perfectly still.

By that time I was feeling so horny that after I’s taken the skirt and top off I went and knelt in between Mikes knees and said,

“Mike, if you’re half as horny as I am right now you’ll let me give you a blowjob. I’ve never given one before but I’m sure that you can teach me.”

“Bloody hell Sis, I so want to but it wouldn’t be right, you’re my sister.”

“It’s not like you’d be fucking me so I don’t see a problem.”

Mike thought for a couple of seconds then he lay back and pulled his jeans zip down. I put my hand into his jeans and pulled his hard cock out. It was the first real, hard cock that I had ever seen and my first reactions and thought was,

“That will never fit in my hole.”

But that wasn’t the main thing on my mind. Instinct told me that I should put my hand round it and move my hand up and down. As I did that I was staring at Mike’s cock from close up. Some clear fluid was coming out of the end and I said,

“Is that your cum?”

“No, the clear liquid is pre-cum, when I cum it’s white and shoots out. Lick it Simone.”

I gingerly did and was surprised that it didn’t taste bad.

“Put it in your mouth and lick all round it Simone.”

I did.

Mike then taught me how to suck a cock properly and even how to take it into my throat. I didn’t have much time to develop my new skill because all of a sudden Mike said that he was cumming and my mouth filled with his cum. I tried to keep as much of it as I could in my mouth and let me properly taste it. I was about to spit it out when Mike told me to swallow it.

“That tasted okay actually.” I said, “Some of the girls at school said that boys cum tasted horrible and some said that it was nice. I think that I’ll join the nice side.”

“Would you like me to do the same to you Simone?”

“You can’t, I haven’t got a cock. Oh, ooooooooh, I see. Err yes please.

After Mike had sucked and tongued my pussy for a minute or so he said,

“Can we try something please Simone?”

“Is this going to be another first for me?”

“Probably.” Mike replied as he got to his feet and got properly undressed.

Then he surprised me as he climbed on top of me but with feet at my head.

“What are you doing Mike?” I asked.

“A 69.” Mike replied as his soft cock and balls hung over my face. “You’ll like this.”

I then felt his tongue run along my very wet slit.

“Oh my gawd.” I said just before the tip of his tongue found my face lips.

Instinctively my mouth opened and I took his soft cock inside. At first I found it difficult to suck his cock whilst his tongue was starting to drive me crazy, but wow, it was awesome what Mike’s mouth was doing to me. I soon found it difficult to concentrate on Mike’s cock because I had another orgasm rapidly approaching.

Somehow I managed to avoid biting Mike’s cock as the waves of my orgasm rolled over me but as they started to subside I really started to suck as he gently thrust down with his cock. Only once did he leave his cock in my throat for a long enough for me to think about breathing and that was when I felt his warm cum going down my throat.

Finally spent, Mike rolled off me and we lay there in post 69 bliss.

That was the first of our almost daily 69s. Sometime Mike would be on top and sometimes me. We never stopped until I’d cum twice and Mike at least once. We talked about us being siblings but we both agreed that as Mike never actually put his cock in my pussy it wasn’t incest. Neither of us wanted to go online to verify that.

Neither of us put any clothes on for the rest of the evening and I enjoyed watching Mike’s cock and balls swing around as he walked.

The next morning I was still naked when we were getting breakfast ready.

“I know that it’s Spring,” Mike said when I told him what I intended to wear, “and getting warm out there once the sun has had a chance to warm things up, but you’re not planning on going to school in just that new outfit are you Simone? Not that I’d mind seeing you in it that is.”

“Yes I was, do you think that anyone will say anything? I mean some of the girls will be wearing shorts that are just as short or even shorter than my new skirts.”

“Good point, Are you still planning on going commando?”

“Yes,”

“Well remember what I said about ‘accidents’ and I suggest that you wear a jacket to keep warm, at least for the bus ride there.”

“Thanks bro, I was planning on doing that.”

As we walked to where the school bus stops I could definitely feel the difference in the length of the skirts. The was a chilly breeze going straight up my skirt and tickling my pussy. I wondered if it was shrinking my clit.

There was another couple of kids waiting where the bus stops, one boy and one girl. After saying hello the girl asked if I was cold.

“Nice legs.” The boy said.

Mike got on the bus first, then me and I was followed by the boy.

“Fucking hell Simone.” I heard the boy say.

“What?” I asked as we walked down the aisle.

“Nothing.” The boy answered.

Mike and I usually sit next to each other and when I sat down I felt the cold plastic seat on my pussy.

“The seat’s cold.” I said to Mike.

“What did you expect Sis?”

“I didn’t think about the seats.”

“You’re going to find that problem every time that you sit down. If your pussy is leaking as much as it was last night you’re going to leave a little puddle on all the seats as well. Have you got any tissues in that bag?”

“Yes, oh well, I’ll just have to get used to that problem won’t I?”

“Yes, and maybe you shouldn’t have opened your jacket until you got into school, you’ve got your headlights on full beam.”

“What?”

“You’re nipples are trying to poke holes in that top.”

“Oh, oh well, I guess that people will have to get used to seeing them.”

“Simone, is all this, this exhibitionism caused by you changing because of puberty or is there something else going on?”

“It’s like I said, I’m not sure Mike, I’ve been wondering myself. I haven’t been able to think of anything else so I guess that it must be the puberty, they say that it affects different girls in different ways.”

“Well I wish that more nice girls would get affected like you, it would be great to see tons of naked girls walking about school.”

“I’m not naked Mike.”

“Not quite but you’re certainly going to attract lots of attention, especially when you wear your other new skirts. You could wear some knickers to at least cover your pussy”

“I don’t want to, I like having my pussy uncovered.”

“Shh, I think the boys in the seat in front are listening.”

I looked at the boys and they were both silent with their heads turned like they were trying to hear what we were saying. We stayed silent until we got to school but when I stood up and looked at the seat there was a little wet patch. I smiled and shuffled out to the aisle and followed Mike off the bus.

Lizzy’s bus had arrived in front of us and I walked over to her.

“Hey there Si, looking good girl.” Lizzy said.

I returned the compliment and Lizzy continued.

“Cute skirt but isn’t it a bit short for school? You’ll get all the pervy boys and teachers trying to look up it. You are wearing knickers aren’t you?”

“I know and no. I don’t know what’s got into me Lizzy, I’m horny all the time and I want people to see my goodies.”

“Well I’m horny all the time these days as well but I don’t want boys to see my pussy.”

“I think that there must be something wrong with me, maybe I should go and see my doctor.”

“And tell him that you want to flash your pussy all the time? Good luck with that girl, he’ll probably want to bone you right there and then.”

“He’s already seen me naked and poked his fingers inside me.”

“Oh yes, mine did that as well. Are all doctors paedophile perverts?”

“I actually enjoyed it.”

“So did I.”

By that time we were walking into the building and heading towards our home room. As we walked I looked at what other girls were wearing and I saw one girl whose skirt was about the same length as mine, and 2 girls wearing shorts, one of them being shorter than my skirt.

A couple of girls told me that they liked my outfit and I saw a couple of boys looking at me. As I sat down I looked down at my chest and saw that the bulges made by my nipples weren’t as prominent as they had been when I’d been out in the cold with my jacket open.

During the lunch break Lizzy and I went for a walk outside. It was warm but a little breezy and as soon as I got outside I said,

“That breeze feels good Lizzy.”

“On your pussy?”

“Yes, you should try it Lizzy.”

“I’m not taking my knickers off at school. Besides, my skirt’s a lot longer than yours Simone, and I’m wearing a bra. Everyone can tell that you aren’t.”

I looked down at my chest and saw that my nipples had gone all hard and were making 2 nice little wigwam tents.

“Maybe I should wear a see-through top to school.” I said.

“A bit obvious Si, that would definitely get you in trouble.”

“Yeah, you’re right, I’ll have to get some baggy tops and lean forwards a lot. Hey, that’s not a bad idea, Mr. Harvey wanders around the classroom and looks down at what you are writing all the time, a baggy top would give him a great view of my tits.”

“Jeez Si, you need to go and see a shrink.”

“Maybe, but it’s nice thinking of these things and actually doing them, it makes me soo horny.”

“I think that we should go and sit on the steps to trap your skirt Si, it’s blowing all over the place.”

We did, sitting on a concrete step near the top. As I sat down I said,

“The sun may be shining but that concrete was cold on my butt.”

“You should have worn knickers and a longer skirt.”

“No, this is the new me and I like it.”

We sat there until the bell went. We’d both sat with our feet on the step below our butts, Lizzy wrapping her skirt round her legs like I used to do, but my short skirt wouldn’t allow me to do that. I could feel the breeze tickling my pussy and it felt nice.

After about 10 minutes I noticed a couple of boys stood at the bottom of the steps looking up towards me. It took a few seconds for me to register that they would, and probably were, looking at my bare pussy. I didn’t say anything, or move, but I did feel my pussy getting wet.

As I talked to Lizzy I thought,

“Maybe I should steer Lizzy to these steps every lunchtime and put on a show for the boys. Maybe I could ask Mike to stand at the bottom and charge the boys, I wonder how much I could make?”

All too soon that damned bell rang and we got up and walked back into the building.

My day went well, I saw 2 teachers looking up my legs and skirt. They probably saw my bald pubes but I was sat up straight so they probably couldn’t see my slit or clit. I was going to save that pleasure for when I was wearing a shorter skirt and I’d got used to wearing short skirts.

Mike was right about going up the stairs to the science classroom. I saw a small group of boys lingering at the bottom of the stairs and they followed me up. I could hear a couple of them sniggering behind me.

By the end of the day I was getting more comfortable with what I was wearing at school, and also more confident. I even slid down my chair in my last lesson and sat with my knees well apart but the teacher never even looked at me. The rest of the time I tried my best to forget that I was wearing a skirt that was around half the length of the one I wore the previous day at school.

On the bus home Mike asked me if I’d left any puddles anywhere and I confessed that I never even looked. He also asked me if we could have some oral before dad got home.

“I thought that you’d never ask.” I replied.

I then went on to tell him about Lizzy and I sitting on the steps. He smiled and told me that he’d hang around there each lunchtime just to make sure that I was safe. When he told me that his friends Luke and Duncan would probably hang with him, I asked if they knew about my recent desires to expose myself.

Mike laughed and told me that the did, and that they’d be coming to visit him on the Saturday. He also added that mum and dad were going away for the weekend so we’d have the house to ourselves.

“They’re not expecting to fuck me are they?” I asked.

“Hell no, they know how old you are and besides, they are both good guys, they would never hurt you.”

“Yes, they’ve always been nice to me.”

After a VERY nice 30 minutes on my bed and 2 orgasms from Mike’s mouth and tongue we heard the back door open. Mike jumped up and went to his room and I put my skirt and top back on and went down to see daddy and help getting the tea ready.

Daddy didn’t comment on my short skirt or my pokey nipples.

After clearing up after tea I went and did my homework then got ready for bed. But instead of putting on my long nightdress T-shirt I put on just a much shorter one that only just covered my butt. I didn’t have any real interest in flashing my father but I liked the risk of an accident happening.

Back downstairs I watched the TV for a while. Both daddy and Mike kept coming and going, neither saying anything about how much leg I was showing.

Then I went to bed, discarding the T-shirt and bringing myself to another orgasm before finally going to sleep.

The next morning I got dressed in a slightly shorter skirt and a top and went down for breakfast. Both daddy and Mike were eating their breakfast and neither of them said anything about my outfit.

As soon as daddy was out of the door Mike said,

“Have we got time for a quick 69 Sis?”

I didn’t answer him, instead I took his hand and led him into the lounge, unfastening my skirt as we went. As soon as we got to the sofa I let go of his hand and pulled my top up and over my head. His jeans and pants were round his ankles within seconds and he was on his back within another second.

I jumped on Mike putting my knees either side of his chest and lowered my pussy onto his waiting mouth as my mouth engulfed his waiting, hard cock.

Five minutes, and one orgasm each, later, I was pulling my top back on and walking to my skirt. We both quickly finished getting ready and almost ran to the bus stop.

It was another chilly morning but I just held the sides of my jacket together but I had to let go of the sides when we go on the bus. I could feel my hard nipples trying to drill their way through my top and I noticed a few eyes looking at me as we made our way to the back of the bus. I again commented on how cold the seat was when I sat down.

“Is that skirt shorter than the one you had on yesterday?” Lizzy asked when I walked up to her after I got off the bus?”

“Yep, and I’ll be wearing an even shorter one tomorrow.” I replied.

“And I see you top isn’t any thicker.”

“Nope, I like looking down and seeing my nipple bulges.”

“I’m sure that the boys will notice as well. Have you remembered your PE kit Si?”

“Yes, but I’ve decided that I need a new PE skirt, a shorter one.”

“There’s nothing wrong with the one that you’ve got, it’s as short as mine.”

“True, but it’s longer than the skirt that I’m wearing right now.”

“Jeez Si, you really are turning into an exhibitionist. I’m assuming that you won’t be wearing any knickers for PE?”

“Correct.”

“And what if we do gymnastics? Now that the school has to do mixed sports you could be flashing your pussy to lots of boys.”

“That’s what I’m hoping, I’m just hoping that the teacher will tell us what to do and then leave us to it again.”

“Probably, all the PE teachers are quite lazy like that, more interested in coaching just the football teams than the rest of us normal people.”

I got a few boys looking at my pokeys as we walked from lesson to lesson but no one really took any notice of my short skirt. Again I saw some of the other girls wearing short shorts which showed just as much of their bare legs as my skirt did.

My English teacher took an interest in my legs as I sat on the front row in his lesson. I was sat with my knees about shoulder width apart and laying back on my chair. Mr. Wilson has a reputation for perving at the girls and that day was my lucky day. It was his lucky day as well as I opened my knees wider when I saw him looking at me.

He must have been able to see my slit and clit because I watched a bulge start to appear in the front of his trousers. At the end of the lesson I had a little panic when he asked me to stay back when the bell rang.

I was a little nervous as I walked to his desk but I needn’t have been, all he said was,

“Simone, it’s nice to ‘see’ you taking more of an interest in English, I hope that I’m going to ‘see’ a continued improvement.”

The way that he emphasized the word ‘see’ twice told me that he had seen my pussy and that he wanted to see it every lesson. I replied,

“Yes sir, I’m sure that you will ‘see’ more of an improvement, I’ve decided that I like people ‘seeing’ me take certain subjects more seriously. Is that all sir?”

I too emphasized the words ‘see’ and ‘seeing’. We both knew what we were talking about and we were both smiling as he told me that I could leave. I felt his eyes staring at me as I walked out smiling.

As I walked out of his classroom I realized that my nipples and pussy were tingling a bit and that my pussy felt wet.

Lunchtime arrived and we again went outside. Spring had definitely arrived and after a little walk I steered Lizzy to the same steps. As we approached them I saw Mike with his friends Duncan and Luke. Mike smiled at me as we passed them and climbed the steps.

Lizzy and I sat in about the same place, and in about the same way. I looked down to Mike and he was still smiling. So were Luke and Duncan. I guessed that I’d got the revealing position right.

As on the previous day just about everyone ignored us, the only exception being the few older boys that had discovered that they liked pussies and were out looking for a glimpse up a girl’s skirt hoping that they would have forgotten to put any knickers on.

And some of those boys had realised that a girl sitting on some steps sometimes got a little careless how she sat. It was their lucky day when they walked passed where Mike and his mates were stood and looked up my way.

I don’t know how many other boys saw my pussy but Mike and his mates were looking at it for going on for 20 minutes before the bell rang. I wasn’t paying that much attention to what was going on below me because I was in a conversation with Lizzy.

Knowing that Mikes mates would be visiting on the Saturday, and that mum and dad would be away all weekend I asked Lizzy if she wanted to come for a sleepover. Before she answered I told her that Mike’s mates, those who he was stood with, could be there.

“So you will be in the house with 3 older boys, flashing your tits and pussy to them and you want me to come and do the same?”

“Why not, it will make you horny and I’m sure that they’ll eat you out. They might even let you give them a blowjob. Hey, and if the weather is like this we can go skinny dipping in the pool.”

“I don’t know Si, I don’t think that I’m ready to do those things yet, I’m not like you.”

“No, you’ve got bigger tits and I’m sure that they’ll like them. Mike has already said that you have nice tits.”

“How would he know, he hasn’t seen them, or did you been take some sneaky photos of me on our last sleepover?”

“No, no, I would never do that, but if you want to pose for them, or just me, I’m sure that I can take some great photos.”

“Maybe just you and me if you promise not to share them.”

“I won’t, until you ask me to.”

“Si, as much as it sounds tons of fun I’m going to have to say no.”

“Okay, I’ll ask you again the next time that mum and dad will be away.”

“Thanks Simone, you’re the best.”

Our conversation changed to more mundane things and before long the bell was ringing. We went and got our PE kit and went to the gym.

As usual, I stripped naked before putting my PE stuff on and one of the less pleasant girls said,

“Hey girls, we’ve all seen that Simone has some big nipples but now but has some tiny tits behind them. But she hasn’t got a bush yet.”

I turned and let anyone who wanted to see my naked front then started putting my PE kit on.

“No knickers Simone?” the same girl said, “did you forget to bring any or do you just want to flash your little girl pussy to the boys?”

“Actually, I’ve decided never to wear knickers again.”

“In the skirt that you were wearing earlier you’ll be flashing your goodies all day long.”

I just smiled and walked passed the girl into the gym with Lizzy right behind me. As we waited for everyone Lizzy said,

“You’ve shaved your pussy.”

“No, I’ve used a laser to get rid of the hairs.”

“You do know that you’ll have new ones growing for a few years yet Simone?” Lizzy asked.

“Yes, but I’ll laser them as soon as I spot them, I want to be bald down there for the rest of my life.”

“Hmm, I’ll have to think about getting one of those.”

The lesson started and yes, we were having gymnastics. I felt my pussy tingle and get wet when I thought about what would be showing. It was quite common for a girl to be showing her knicker if she was wearing a skirt but those knickers were usually proper, thick, granny style PE knickers that covered more than if she were wearing shorts and not worth the boys even looking, but I wasn’t even wearing a G-string.

As usual, the PE teacher told us what we had to do then told us to get on with it and that they’d look in on us every couple of minutes to make sure that we were doing what we had been told.

It was a sort of circuit that we had to do, going round the gym doing different exercises. When we first started doing that months ago, I thought that people would start messing about and someone would have an accident, but that had never happened and no one had ever got hurt, maybe because a lot of the kids never put much effort into it.

Me, I was different, I understand how important exercise is and I wanted / want to keep my body nice and slim, so I always threw my all into it, and I wasn’t going to change just because I had no knickers on.

Off I set, doing cartwheels, squats, leg stretches, splits, and many more things. I was about half way round when I noticed that about half of the kids had gone quiet, stopped and were looking at me. I stopped and turned to face them then said,

“What?”

By then my skirt had fallen back to its proper position so nothing was on display, I looked just like the other girls in there that were wearing skirts.

“Nothing Simone,” one of the boys said, “we were just admiring your, err, enthusiasm.”

A couple of the boys sniggered and I wanted to invite them all to look at my pussy but I didn’t have the courage. Just then the PE teacher came back in and said,

“Come on, what are you all standing around for? Get on with it.”

My next exercise was what the teacher called ‘the hollow body hold’ We had to to it 10 times, each for a count of 20. I was till doing those, and not showing anything, when the teacher turned and left the gym.

With my stomach muscles hurting I went to the last exercise which was the walking handstand.

“Here goes,” I thought, knowing that my skirt would be inverted and that everyone who looked would see my butt and pussy.

My pussy was tingle like hell as I launched myself over and onto my hands. I heard a couple of gasps and when I looked around most of the class, girls included, were looking at me.

It was only 5 metres that I had to walk on my hands but it felt like 5 kilometres. The whole gym was silent and staring at me. I was loving it and actually a little embarrassed.

When I got to the line my legs dropped leaving me in the crab position before I collapsed down onto the floor, right in front of a boy that I thought was cute. I turned and looked at the still and silent gym and again said,

“What!”

No one said a word until the gym door opened again, the teacher saying,

“It’s too quiet in here, what’s going on?”

All of a sudden everyone was moving and the teacher gave up waiting for someone to speak.

I had to wait to start the circuit again, and as I stood inline I got a mixed reaction from the others waiting. A couple of the girls called me a slut, two more said that I was really brave. One boy asked me if I fucked as well and another asked me for a date.

My second and third circuit were both less eventful although I did see kids watching me when my skirt wasn’t covering my pussy.

I got similar comments from some of the girls in the changing room, especially when I stripped naked and walked to the showers, but I didn’t care. Lizzy told me to ignore them, that they were only jealous, although all the girls who called me a slut have bigger tits than me, hell, all the girls in my class have bigger tits than me but I no longer cared. I’d come to terms with my body and I was proud of the way it was developing.

I got called a slut again when one girl who was watching me get dressed saw that I didn’t put any knickers on. Again I just ignored her.

The last lesson of the day was uneventful as I was one of the last getting there and I had to sit near the back.

On the bus home Mike was amused when I told him about my PE lesson. Then I asked him about lunchtime and if there had been any problems.

“No, but a couple of boys said that they’d pay me if I could get you to let them have a close look or even a blowjob. They all liked your big clit.”

“Not going to happen.” I replied.

“But you’re going to let Duncan and Luke have a good look on Saturday, and give them a blowjob?”

“I didn’t say that I would do that.”

“And you didn’t say that you won’t Simone. Okay, we’ll see on Saturday, now tell me about your PE lesson.”

I laughed then said just one word.”

“Revealing.”

After a pause I continued and told him all the details.

“Good for you Simone. I bet that that shocked a few of them. Hmm, I wonder if you will have put the same idea in some of the other girl’s heads, it would be nice for there to be lots of knickerless girls in school.”

Mum was home when we got there and she didn’t say anything about my short skirt or my pokeys, in fact I don’t think that she even looked at me.

When we’d walked down the drive I saw that the front lawn had been cut and I guessed that it was the time of the year when Dave, the elderly gardener cum pool man was going to start his weekly visits. When I got up to my room I looked out and saw that the pool was uncovered as well and I wondered if the pool heating had been switched on.

I didn’t really know why we had a pool, never mind heated it, because mum and dad rarely used it. It was Mike and me, and sometimes his or my friends that used it in the summer months. As I looked at the blue water gently shimmering in the slight breeze I wondered what it would be like swimming naked.

I thought about the little girl’s one-piece swimsuit that I had and decided that I would never wear it again. Then I realised that I’d need a new swimsuit for school swimming lessons and for when I go on sleepovers to friends that have a pool. Then I thought about the once per year time when mum and dad had a barbecue with their friends and Mike and I were obliged to attend. I smiled to myself as I thought of me skinny dipping with all my parents friends there. I doubted that I’d get away with that so I needed to go online and buy a couple of bikinis.

Then I wondered what mum or dad would do to me if I walked out of the house totally naked and dove into the pool when all their friends were there. I imagined dad pulling me over his knee and giving me a good spanking.

My pussy got all tingly and wet when I thought about that last bit.

Back in the land of the living I got on with my homework then went down for tea. Dad had arrived home and we had a quiet family meal, no one commenting on my short skirt and top with 2 pokeys at the front.

Just as we were finishing mum reminded Mike and me that our parents were going away for the weekend the following day (Friday) and that they wouldn’t be back until the Monday evening. Mum told us that we could order food to be delivered if we wanted and she gave Mike her credit card details.

After Mike and I had cleared away I went to my room and stayed there for the rest of the evening. I stripped off and went on the internet looking for bikinis and found some designed by an Australian company that were very small and slightly see-through, and imagined me wearing them at school swimming lessons and at my parents barbecues.

After I’d ordered 3 of them I started browsing for dresses and skirts and tops. I ended up ordering more clothes, all the skirts and dresses being very short.

I’d just finished when Mike came in to my room..

“Oh good,” I said, “I was just thinking about coming to see you, my pussy is aching for attention.”

It was a good job that Mike’s cock was in my mouth when his tongue made me cum otherwise I might have had mum or dad running to my room to see who was murdering me.

Is There Life After Seventy, I’ll Never Tell 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

I take care of myself and stay in shape. Now I’m finding out that someone else is noticing me.

Until recently, I really never considered that I was getting older. It was something that I just never noticed. I’m Kenneth Jamison, I’m 70 years old. I’m 6 ft. 2 in. tall, I weigh 176 pounds, I have 6 pack abs and the rest of my muscles are all toned and look good. I run an average of 2 miles a day and lift weights for almost an hour a day….. I have always tried to take care of myself.

My wife passed away a few years ago, and for a time, I let myself go. I ate too much, drank too much and all the while, falling deeper into depression. We had been married for 40 years and our worlds both revolved around each other. My family had all became quite worried about me.

One morning, after I got out of bed, I looked at myself in the mirror. I didn’t recognize the man that stood there. I knew, right then, that I had to get my head out of my ass. I had to begin my life again and stop feeling sorry for myself. That was the first day of the rest of my life.

I got back into my training routine, I started eating right and taking care of myself. I began to spend a lot of time with my grandchildren…..and they, in turn, began spending a lot of time around me. After a year or so, I was back. I was in shape. I was happy, having put the past behind me, but not forgetting it.

My home is rather large, having about 6500 square feet and is located on 20 acres of land. I have a huge playroom, complete with pinball machines, a ping pong table, pool table, a fantastic sound system, 3 tv’s for sports and a full blown, professional, karaoke system. Outside, I have a custom swimming pool with a waterfall and an adjoining hot tub. The whole place is surrounded with large trees, over three acres of lawn and numerous flower beds. It took my wife and I many years to create this retreat.

As I walk around the property, I see different places where my wife and I had made love…. many times just a spur of the moment thing. We were very happy here. My kids keep telling me that this place is just too big for me alone and that I should sell it and find something smaller. I am happy here and have no intention of selling.

My grand kids and their friends all enjoy coming out here and entertaining themselves. I like them coming here instead of going to keggers and other clandestine parties and get-togethers that young people do. All of these young people have become my friends and know that they are all welcome here.

My favorite granddaughter, Aubrey, spends more time here than anyone. She is a freshman in a nearby university. Many times she stays here for several days at a time, commuting to school then coming back here. I don’t mind, I have 6 bedrooms and 5 bathrooms…..plenty of room.

I guess this is where this story actually begins. One thing I do every day, is swim laps in my pool. I like to go out early in the morning when the day is new and the air is fresh. I had just finished doing my 50 laps and was sitting on one of the lounge chairs, drinking a large cup of coffee. The sun had been up for an hour or so and a very thin fog was about to melt away.

I saw Aubrey coming out of the house, headed for the pool. With her was a very attractive young lady. One thing I have always appreciated is a woman’s body. No matter what age she is, if she has taken care of herself, I love to enjoy the vision of a beautiful woman.

“Good morning Grandpa, you’re sure up early this morning…..finished your laps already?”

“Yes, my dear, I have,” I said as I got up off of the lounge.

“Grandpa, I want you to meet my best friend, Jamie……Jamie this is my grandpa, Ken,” she said as Jamie extended her hand to me.

“I am so pleased to meet you Jamie,” I said as I took her hand and lightly shook hands with her.

“You certainly have a beautiful home Ken…….Aubrey has told me so much about you and this place. I was really happy when she invited me to come out here for the weekend…I hope you don’t mind.”

“Not at all Jamie, I’m always glad to have Aubrey’s friends come out here.”

The girls took off their robes and headed for the pool. I couldn’t help but notice Jamie’s body. It was immaculate….perfect in every aspect. She was about 5 ft. 8 in. tall, measurements about 36-26-36, long dark brown hair and not an ounce of extra fat anywhere. Just looking, I would say she works out. I can see her muscles are all toned. She is one beautiful woman. Her bikini accentuates her body. I can feel my cock begin to stir watching this vision of beauty.

Alongside of the pool, I have an outdoor kitchen. I love to cook and cooking out here just makes everything taste better. The girls were still swimming, so I walked over to the edge of the pool. “Would you gals like some breakfast? I can make anything you might want,” I told them.

They swam up to the edge of the pool and rested on their elbows. “That would be nice,” Aubrey said, “what are you having?”

“I think maybe eggs, some bacon…I have some fresh pineapple and orange juice.”

They both said, “That sounds great, we’ll have the same.”

While they continued to swim, I made breakfast. When it was ready, I called to them to let them know.

While we ate breakfast, I continued to enjoy looking at Jamie. Every time I would look over at her, I could catch her checking me out. I thought to myself, ‘it’s all my imagination’. After the breakfast dishes were done, I took another cup of coffee and went back out to the lounge to catch a little sun. It was Saturday and I had no plans for the day.

Aubrey said to me, “Grandpa, I need to run to town and make a deposit, do you need anything while I’m there?”

“Yes I do, matter of fact. I need several items from the grocery store and I need my cleaning picked up from the cleaners. I was going in later, but if you want to do it for me, I’d be happy to let you do it. My credit card is on the kitchen counter in my money clip.”

Aubrey replied, “I think I’m going to go ahead and go so I can get back by 1 or 2…….do you want to go with me Jamie?”

“Actually, if you don’t mind, I’d like to stay here and just hang out…..do you mind?”

“It’s no problem with me, you can keep Grandpa company.”

Aubrey went inside the house and Jamie and I continued to sit out in the sun and enjoy the morning. “You sure have a nice place here, Ken….I think I could just stay here forever….it is so relaxing.”

“Yes it is, I enjoy this place so much.”

Jamie sat up and stared at me. “You know, Ken, Aubrey has told me so much about you. What she didn’t tell me was how attractive you are. I don’t think I’ve ever seen an older man that is built as well as you…I mean, you look like you work out a lot….I find that really attractive, a man that takes such good care of himself.”

“Well, thank you Jamie. You know, you’re not any slouch yourself…if I were 30 years younger, I’d make some moves on you…….but, hell, I’m 70 years old…..a lot older than you.”

“Ken, I’m 21, and like they say, age is just a number. You know like wine, it just gets better with age.”

“You flatter me Jamie.” I told her.

My phone rang, which interrupted our conversation. It was one of my friends that I had grown up with. We call each other quite often just to shoot the shit and keep up with what is going on in our lives. I got off the lounge and walked to the house, leaving Jamie out by the pool.

My friend, Norman, was passing through the area and was checking to see if I was home. “I’ve got a little time so I thought I’d stop and say hi,” he told me.

“I would love to see you, come on by….you know the way,” I told him.

“I’ll be there in half an hour or so, talk to you then,” he said.

I hung up the phone and went to my bedroom to change out of my swim trunks into a pair of cargo shorts and one of my Hawaiian print shirts. I slipped on a pair of sneakers and went back out by the pool.

“I thought you had abandoned me,” Jamie quipped.

“No, that call was from a dear friend of mine. We started the first grade together and graduated from College together. You might say, he is the brother I never had. He is in the area and is going to stop by and say hi….I think you’ll like him.” I could hear a vehicle driving up and went out to greet Norman as he arrived.

Norman was getting out of his SUV as I came out on the driveway. “How the hell are you, you worthless bastard,” he said to me as he put a big hug on me.

“I’m doing great you old son of a bitch……better now that I see you. What the hell are you doing here, on vacation or something?”

“No, it’s a business trip. I am going over to Grand Junction to see a guy that wants to put our equipment in his produce shed. It will be a good payday for me if I can sell him, so I decided to come up personally and see him.”

“Let’s go out by the pool and visit, it’s more comfortable out there,” I said to him as I led the way, “plus, there’s someone there I’d like for you to meet.”

“Damn Ken, you’ve really got a nice place here, have you decided to continue living here or are you going to down size?”

“I’m going to stay here, I don’t think I’d be happy anywhere else.” As we got to the pool, Jamie was still laying out in one of the lounges, relaxing and catching some sun. She opened her eyes when she heard us coming.

“Norm, this is Jamie. She came out with Aubrey for the weekend.”

“Nice to meet you Jamie,” he said, “is Aubrey around somewhere?”

“Not right now, she had to go to town to run some errands. Hopefully, she will be back before you have to go…..I know she will be happy to see you.”

I went to the fridge and got a couple of glasses of iced tea and went back and sat down. We talked for a couple of hours before Aubrey returned. When she saw Norman, she came running up to him and gave him a big hug.

“Uncle Norman, this is a wonderful surprise. When did you get here?”

“I’ve been here for a while. I was passing through the area and decided to stop by to see Ken. It’s a real bonus to get to see you too while I’m here….it’s been way too long.”

I interrupted their conversation, “You know, it’s past lunch time, why don’t we all go into town and have lunch, we can talk some more there….Jamie do you want to go with us?”

“I’d love to, let me go inside and change……it will only take me a minute,” she said as she headed for the house with Aubrey behind her.

Norman was watching them walk away. “Damn Ken, those are two very beautiful women. Aubrey just keeps getting more beautiful and her friend is really something else. Too bad you’re not 50 years younger,” he said laughing.

We had lunch and caught up on everything that was going on in our lives. Norm said he had to get on down the road, but would be back by before he went back home, then left. Aubrey, Jamie and I just hung out around the house the rest of the day. That evening, I grilled steaks and made some of my “world famous” margaritas for us.

After dinner, we all continued to sip on my margaritas and watched a movie. When the movie ended, I excused myself and went to my bedroom and went to bed. It had been a long day and I dozed off to sleep rather quickly.

Sometime in the early hours of the morning, I woke up. I could feel the presence of someone in my bed. Then I felt someone move up very close to me. I could feel the body of a woman pressing up against me.

“What’s going on,” I said.

“Ken, it’s just me, I wanted to be with you….I hope you don’t mind. I waited till I knew that Aubrey was asleep before I came to you. I want to make love with you…..I want to make you feel good…really good……”

Immediately I recognized the voice as that of Jamie. I could feel her naked body pressing against me. My cock was as hard as a rock and pressing into her stomach. I ran my hands over her body and felt her soft skin, her full breasts and her squeezable ass. I pulled her closer to me as I kissed her. I felt her tongue enter my mouth and begin to dance with mine. Her hands were stroking my hard cock. I was feeling something I had not felt for a long time…..desire.

My cock is a delight to most women. My wife used to tell me that it was a really comfortable size. It is just over 8 inches long and about 2 ½ inches in diameter….enough to fill most pussies comfortably. “That’s really a nice piece of meat you have there,” Jamie told me. “I am going to make you feel really good.”

Jamie pushed me over onto my back and crawled on top of me, continuing to kiss me. She rose up onto her knees then moved down and removed my boxer briefs. I felt her lips encircle my throbbing cock. I grasped her head and pulled it down until my cock was in her throat. She began to bob her head up and down on my cock, sucking on it as hard as she possibly could. Then she began to lick my cock, going further down on it till she took my balls into her mouth, one at a time. I felt her finger probing my ass hole as she continued to pleasure me with her mouth. I had not felt such pleasure for years. Before I knew it, I was spewing a load of hot cum into her mouth. She continued to suck as she swallowed everything I gave her.

“I’m sorry,” I said, embarrassed that I had not been able to control myself.

“That’s alright, it’s what I wanted….I wanted to taste you…I wanted your warm cum in my stomach. The night is young lover….we are not finished.” She moved up over me again, kissing me. I could taste my cum on her tongue.

I grasped her ass and told her, “Bring your pussy up here to my mouth…..sit in my face….it’s your turn to be pleasured.”

She straddled my head. I began to lick her wet pussy. Her juices were flowing and tasted wonderful. Her clit was standing out like little hard cock. I began to suck on it probe her hole with my tongue. After a few minutes, I felt her tense and begin to shake. I knew she was cumming….I knew she tasted great and I wanted to give her all the pleasure I could.

I could feel my cock beginning to harden again. I knew I wanted to be inside her. I wanted to feel the warmth of her wet pussy wrapped around my 8 inches of throbbing meat. I wanted to fuck her like she had never been fucked before.

“Do you want me to wear a condom?” I asked.

“I’m on the pill, I want to feel you shooting hot cum inside me. I want you to fill my belly with your seed.”

Jamie lifted her body above my hard phallus and impaled herself. In one move, I was balls deep inside her. I could feel the head of my cock against her cervix. My hands were full of her tits as she moved up and down on me. The pleasure I felt was immense. Jamie was moaning, softly saying, “Ah, you are fucking me so good, you feel so good inside me….you are all man, Ken……all man……fuck me good Ken!”

It’s been years since I felt the warmth of a woman. I am so turned on by Jamie, there is no way I’m going to stop…I don’t care about the age difference….I’m going to fuck this woman and fill her with cum…..then I’m going to fuck her again.

I wrapped my arms around Jamie and rolled over so I was on top of her. I continued to pound her hot cunt. She had her legs wrapped around my ass pulling me into her body while grinding her ass into me, working my cock in ways I had never felt before. I felt like a mad man as I fucked her hard while she screamed for me to keep fucking her.

Then I felt it, a sudden surge of pleasure from my balls. Cum was surging through my cock. I felt it explode inside Jamie, painting the walls of her vaginal canal. It had been so long since I had ejaculated inside a woman…..it felt so good, like I wasn’t ever going to stop. I felt Jamie clamp down on my rod and knew she was cumming also.

I could hear the squishy sounds as my cock plunged in and out of her sopping wet pussy. Jamie had gone limp under me, breathing deeply like she was out of breath. I rolled off of her, straining to catch my breath.

“That was absolutely the best fucking I’ve ever had,” Jamie said to me still breathing heavily. “I never knew any man could make me feel this good.

We laid there for some time before we both recovered. Jamie was laying on her stomach. I moved into a position straddling her ass and began to give her a massage. She was a beautiful sight, laying out flat with her arms spread out. I heard her moan quietly as I began to rub her shoulders, then her back. Her tight body felt so good to the touch. My cock began to come to life again.

I continued to work on her back moving my hands on down to her beautiful ass. As I squeezed those fleshy orbs, I pulled them apart slightly and could see the wetness between her labia. I moved my cock closer, just touching her wet pussy and began to move it up and down her wet slit. Jamie moaned and moved her ass in response to the stimulus. Soon she was raising her ass, waiting for penetration.

Slowly, I pushed my hard rod between those puffy lips and into the depths of her warm pussy. She felt so good enveloping my hard cock. I began to thrust, my hands on her shoulders……Jamie was moaning and groaning from the pleasure I was giving her. Her ass moved in rhythm with mine…I felt her body tighten, then begin to shake. She said, “fuck me hard Ken…give me all of your cock…fuck me harder, harder…..ahhhhhh yes, yes, yes !!!!!!!!!

When she started screaming, I pushed into her till my balls rested on her clit. Again, I filled her belly with my creamy seed, collapsing on top of her.

The door to my room burst open. As I looked around, there was Aubrey looking at us with a shocked look on her face, which slowly changed to a big smile. “I heard Jamie scream and thought something was happening to her, so I ran to see what was the matter.”

I rolled off of Jamie as Aubrey walked toward the bed. Jamie had rolled onto her side and said, “You needn’t worry Aubrey, I was in very good hands….I’m sorry I awakened you with my screams, I couldn’t help myself…..it felt so good.”

Aubrey was still grinning, “Well Grandpa, I am so glad to see that you have started to move on with your life….and with one of my favorite people in the world. Aren’t you glad that I brought her out here with me this weekend? Oh, and by the way, you really look hot naked. I wouldn’t mind it if you fucked me too….I mean, Grandpa, you are hot.”

I couldn’t easily cover up as Jamie and I had kicked all the covers off of bed. I saw that she was looking directly at my semi-hard cock. Aubrey never ceased to surprise me. I can still remember the day that my daughter and her husband finalized her adoption. She was 6 years old and the cutest thing I had ever seen. She and I had become best buddies after that. Now, I was having a hard time getting my head around what she was saying. Jamie was laying on her back giggling.

“Now Aubrey, I just don’t think………” I stopped in mid sentence as I watched my beautiful granddaughter pull her pajama top over her head and discard it, followed by her pajama bottoms. She began to crawl into the bed with Jamie and I. “Now…Aubrey, I think……….” She pushed me onto my back and straddled my stomach. Her body was gorgeous, at least 36D tits, shaved pussy and a fantastic figure. She leaned down over my face and put her index finger over my lips.

“I don’t want to hear anything from you……Ken….after all, you know I am adopted….so just shut up and enjoy…..this is going to be fun.” Then, she kissed me fully on the lips. I could feel Jamie taking my hard cock into her mouth and sucking me. Aubrey positioned her pussy above my head and lowered it to my lips. She was dripping pussy juice onto my face as my tongue instinctively went inside her and my lips closed on her pussy……she tasted wonderful. Then, I felt my cock enter a hot pussy….Jamie had mounted me.

All of a sudden, I had no problem with what was happening to me. Lust had overtaken me and I had stepped over a line that I had never even considered. I knew that this shouldn’t be happening, but I was unable to stop.

Aubrey lifted off my face and turned to face backward, then lowered her wet pussy back to my face. I could tell that she and Jamie were kissing as I fucked one and ate the other. Aubrey’s juices were flowing into my mouth. My cock was so hard it felt like it was going to split.

It surprised me when both women got off of me. I watched as they traded places…Aubrey positioned my cock at the entrance to her cunt and lowered herself down on it while Jamie straddled my face and lowered her sopping wet pussy down to my mouth. My tongue dove into her. I could taste and smell our co-mingled fluids as they dripped into my mouth. It didn’t taste bad, like I always thought it would. Perhaps it was just the heat of the moment….anyway, right now…I didn’t really care.

When I felt Jamie cum, it excited me more. I pushed my cock into Aubrey as far as it would go. My hands were grasping Jamie’s tits and I could tell she and Aubrey were kissing again. I felt Aubrey begin to shake violently… she was cumming. I was beginning to feel my orgasm building as Aubrey continued to rise and fall on my cock. Suddenly, I unleashed a geiser inside my granddaughter. Hot, sticky cum was spewing from the head of my dick, drenching her insides. I had no idea I was capable of generating this much cum. Jamie had moved off of my face and stretched out beside me. She was squeezing my balls and kissing me as I unloaded inside Aubrey. Cum was seeping out of Aubrey’s pussy, around my cock, with each thrust. I felt Aubrey cum again then lay forward on top of me. She kissed me gently, all the time staring deep into my eyes. “She whispered, “I always knew it would be this good!” Then she rolled off of me onto her side. I was lying there, smiling with a limp, wet cock and two hot women snuggling up to me on either side. It can’t get much better than this.

The sun was just beginning to come up when we drifted off to sleep. I was extremely tired after the bedroom romp that had just happened. Sleep and sweet dreams…..mmmmmmmmm.

I woke up about 10 am and eased out of bed and left the girls sleeping. I went out to the pool and began swimming some laps, trying to wake myself up. All the while, I was remembering the events of the early morning hours. I know I want to continue this…I had no idea what I was missing. As I got to the end of the pool I saw Jamie and Aubrey coming out of the house and walking towards the pool. It was a pleasing sight, they were both totally naked.

“Good morning ladies,” I smiled at them.

“Good morning Ken,” they both said in unison.

I stepped up out of the pool and hugged both of them. “I want to thank you both for a wonderful morning….it was fabulous.”

Jamie put her hand behind my head and pulled me to her lips, kissing me deeply. “Ken, I want you to know, last night was just a beginning. I plan to make you a happy man. Just know one thing, I am not looking for anything serious, I just want to be your fuck buddy.”

I pulled her close to me and kissed her. “I want the same thing,” I told her.

Aubrey interjected, “Now listen you two, I want to be included too…I have never been screwed that good. The one thing I do know is to hell with these young guys…give me an older guy anytime. I’ve wanted to fuck you for a long time. I saw you naked once….never was able to get the sight of your cock out of my mind.”

“Well, my dear, you can have it any time you want it. I’m going inside and take a shower. I have an appointment this morning in town and will be gone for a while. Maybe when I get back, we can have an encore performance.”

“I was planning on it,” Aubrey replied as she stepped off into the pool.

I saw my chance and took Jamie by the hand and led her over to a couch that was nearby. My cock was hard and I wanted to put it somewhere warm. “Just lean over the back of this couch, I’ll take care of the rest. Jamie was smiling as she leaned forward onto the back of the couch and spread her legs wide. I could see she was wet and I knew that I could slide inside her with ease.

I stepped up between her legs and put the head of my cock between her moist lips and pushed forward. I watched my cock slid inside her, inch by inch, till my balls rested on her pussy. Jamie moaned and spread her legs further apart. I felt her push back against me till I felt my cockhead press against her cervix. I grasped her hips and started to thrust. I would pull my cock back till just the head was inside her, hesitate for a short amount of time, then push back inside her. Her pussy felt like velvet.

“Fuck me hard Ken…give it to me hard and fast,” Jamie said to me.

So I did. The sound of skin slapping echoed across the yard. I fucked her as hard as I possibly could. Shortly, I felt Jamie begin to cum. I continued to ram my cock in her as hard as I could. Jamie continued to cum and all the while screamed her head off. Aubrey was hanging on the edge of the pool watching us with a big grin on her face.

I continued to fuck Jamie at warp speed….soon I began to deliver hot cum deep inside her. I pulled her pussy as close as I could and let my cock pulse, shooting hot ropes of sticky cum inside her as she screamed and moaned. When I pulled out of her, I watched cum slowly seeping from her gaping pussy and down the insides of her legs. I have no idea how I manufactured that much cum. I just know there were thick streaks of white semen flowing all the way down to her ankles.

She stood up and kissed me saying, “Thank you……damn I like the way you fuck me! God that felt good.” I watched as she scooped up cum from the inside of her leg and licked it off of her hand. “Mmmmm, your cum tastes so good…it’s really sweet.”

“My wife used to tell me it was because of all the fruit that I eat.”

She smiled and continued to lick her fingers.

“I need to get going so I can get done before sundown. You two gals enjoy yourselves today, I’ll see you later.”

I went inside and got dressed. I was in the kitchen finishing breakfast when Aubrey came in. “I came in because I want to talk to you in private. I must confess that I brought Jamie out here to try to bring you out of your shell. After grandma passed, you withdrew from everyone you knew. You are a real good looking guy and I hated to see you just wasting away here alone. I thought that you needed female companionship and I knew if the situation was right, you and I could become very close and I used Jamie to help get it started. Jamie does like you a lot and Ken, I do too. There’s no need for any of the family to ever know about you and I. Just know that I will always be around to take care of your needs…….and for that matter, my needs also.”

I kissed Aubrey, knowing I was doing something I shouldn’t, but at this point, I don’t care. I’m going to pleasure her young body and at the same time, fulfill all my dreams. These two beautiful young women are going to be my fuck toys and me, theirs.

“Aubrey, if the rest of the family ever finds out about us, you can bet that we will both be excommunicated, and probably shot.”

She looked at me seriously and said, “I know that all too well. It will be our secret.”

I left the house and headed to town to take care of some business. Life was about to become a lot better for me.

When I got to town, I needed to go to the bank to talk with my banker about an investment I wanted to make. As I got to the front door of the bank, my phone rang….it was Norman.

“What’s going on you old fucker,” I answered my phone.

“I’ve finished my business here in Grand Junction and am headed back over to your place. Have you got room for me for a few days? I think we need to get down to some serious drinking and tell some lies to each other.”

“You bet, I’ve always got room for you. The girls are out at the house, I don’t think I’ll be back there till about sundown….I’ve got a lot to do in town today. I’ll let them know you’re coming today.”

“Ok pal, see you later.”

I called Aubrey. “Hey darlin’, I wanted to let you know that Norman will be arriving sometime today. He’s going to spend a few days with us. Think you two can keep him entertained till I get home?

“Really, Uncle Norman is coming here again and staying a few days…..that’s great. Don’t worry ‘bout that aaaat all….I think we can keep him very well entertained till you get home,” she laughed slyly then hung up.

As I went into the bank, her comment suddenly became very clear to me. ‘Oh, shit,’ I thought to myself, ‘Norman is in for a big surprise’. I was laughing as I went into my banker’s office.

“What’s so funny?” Gerald asked. “Am I dressed funny or something?” he laughed.

“No, just something I was thinking about as I came in….private joke.”

“Well, Ken, I’m glad you’re in a good mood……what can I do for you today?”

“I’ve got an idea I want to run past you, something I’ve been thinking about for a while. Last year when I was in Atlanta, I was looking for some gifts for my girls. I came across this shop at the mall I was in. I thought it handled high end women’s clothing and accessories. After I entered I found it to be much more. Along with the clothing and accessories, there was a coffee bar that put Starbucks to shame. There was also a day spa that did all kinds of things. Manicures, pedicures, massages, facials, hot rock treatments and much, much more. There was a fitness center in there with trainers….I mean, it looked like just a little shop. And the main thing, it was full of women, spending money. I want to build one just like it here. I can cover the cost of the whole thing, but I don’t want to stretch my cash position, so I will need to borrow around a quarter million. I think I can get the whole thing built for around a half mil. Think you could handle backing me on this?”

Gerald leaned back in his chair with a thoughtful look on his face. “Ken, you have come up with a lot good ideas through the years and have done well with all those startups. When you sold those businesses you have made a small fortune and while doing that, you have made this town very prosperous. I’m inclined to go along with you. Why don’t you get me a prospectus, for this venture, put together and let me look at the projections. If the numbers work, I can’t see why I can’t go along with you on this venture.”

“Thanks, Gerald. I’ll go by my accountant’s office today and have him put some numbers together for you and I’ll try to get it to you later this week. I think it’s a gold mine for this area. We have so many women that go to Denver or Colorado Springs to do their high end shopping, then you throw in the day spa and coffee counter….I think many of them will hang out there a lot…..spending money. I’m going to look for a location today and see what I come up with.”

“I think it sounds great,” Gerald said to me laughing. “I know a lot of husbands that are not going to be real happy with you. Get me the numbers and we’ll go from there.”

I left the bank and decided to drive around looking for an existing building or a location to build. I started laughing to myself again when I thought about what Norman was going to walk into……blind.

As I looked around town, I found that there were no buildings available that would be appropriate for what I wanted to do. I had found a couple of places I could build and decided to go that route. It would cost me a little more in the long run, but I think it will be worth it. I found a contractor I had done business with in the past and sketched out and explained what I wanted. He told me he would have me a preliminary layout done early next week.

I stopped at Appleby’s for lunch and ran into an old friend waiting to be seated. “Mary, it’s so good to see you. I know it’s been a while.”

“Well, Ken…..it’s so nice to see you. I don’t think I’ve seen you since Chelsea’s funeral……I just don’t get out much since Dan went into the home with his dementia. I spend a lot of time over there.”

“Why don’t I buy you lunch, it’ll give us a chance to talk and catch up.”

“That would be nice,” she said.

Mary is probably around 65, but, for her age, she is a knock out. She is a large framed, athletic woman about 5’10”, maybe 160 pounds, not an ounce of fat on her, big tits and a really nice ass. I can tell by looking at her arms and legs she works out…..man those legs…..wow. The heels she is wearing accentuates them. As we are being seated, I can see there are no grey strands in her dark brunette hair. She really looks good.

“So what have you been doing for yourself Mary?” I asked.

“Not much,” she replied, “I spend a lot of time at the home with Dan….but, it’s getting so bad that I’m not going to be going over there very much. The grandkids keep me busy. I work out a lot and spend quite a bit of time jogging. That’s one place I can clear my head and keep myself in shape…..by the way, Ken, you look exceptionally good. Do you spend time working out?”

“Yes, I swim a lot and lift free weights. I don’t seem to have the time to go run anymore. I think that swimming is my passion. It helped me to clear my mind after Chelsea died.”

The waitress came and took our orders. Our conversation continued. After some time, Mary said, “You know Ken, I’d love to cook dinner for you sometime, that is if you’d like to come over.”

“That would be nice, I think I would enjoy that. It would give us time to catch up. I’ve not wandered too far from the house during the last three years, it’s time for me to get out more.”

We finished our lunch and left the restaurant. As we left the building, she said to me, “Call me this week and let’s set something up. I really want to do this.”

“I will, Mary. It’s been really nice visiting with you. I look forward to dinner at your place. I’ll call you.”

I had to get my truck serviced so I went to the Ford dealer for my appointment. Then I had several small errands to do. By the time I finished, it was about 6:oo pm…..time to go home and see if Norman has, “gotten into” anything. I laughed again.

When I arrived home, Norman’s Expedition was parked in the driveway. I parked in the garage and got out of my truck and, seeing no one outside, I went inside. I could hear moaning and groaning coming from one of the downstairs bedrooms, so, with a smile on my face, I went to investigate. I peeked around the corner into the room. I had to grin when I saw what was happening to Norm. He was naked, tied to the four corners of the bed eating Jamie while she sat on his face, facing Aubrey, who is grinding on his cock and kissing Jamie. I only wish I had a camera.

I continued to be the voyeur for quite some time. As I watched, Jamie and Aubrey both came several times, all the while, Norman was holding his load, waiting till the last moment to fill Aubrey’s pussy with hot cum. Then it happened, Norm grunted, lifted his ass off the bed, pushing his cock into Aubrey as deep as he could. From my vantage point, I could see his balls pulsing as he pumped cum into Aubrey’s depths.

Jamie had dismounted Norm’s face and moved down between his legs. Aubrey was leaning forward, giving Jamie access to her cock filled vagina. She was licking up cum oozing from Aubrey’s pussy and down Norm’s cock, as fast as she could. Aubrey continued to lay on top of Norm as his softening cock slipped out of her, releasing a torrent of thick, sperm laden semen. Jamie began feasting on this thick, rich protein, noisily slurping up every drop. Jamie locked her lips onto Aubrey’s pussy and began to suck Norm’s cum out of her, pushing Aubrey into another orgasm. After several minutes of this, they all three were sated and drifted into a restful sleep.

All of the action was over for a while. My cock was as hard as a rock and I really wanted some release after watching the spectacle that had unfolded in front of me. I could see that Jamie was laying bent over the end of the bed, her cunt exposed. I decided to go over and give her a good fucking. Her legs were spread and I could see cum between her puffy lips. I dropped my jeans to my ankles and pushed the head of my cock into her gaping hole. It didn’t wake her, she only moaned and shifted her ass a little. I could feel Jamie begin to move her ass in sync with my thrusts. She was quietly moaning as I continued to fuck her. Her body began to quiver slightly as she moved into an orgasm. Jamie was semi-conscious while I fucked her. Once, she looked back at me then drifted off to sleep again.

I continued fucking her for a short time then unloaded my balls deep inside her. Jamie was moaning while in a deep sleep. I pulled my cock out of her, then stopped and admired my work. A small wad of white jizz was laying between those puffy pussy lips. I always like to see a nice creampie on a woman after she has been fucked.

I decided I would let them sleep for a while. In the mean time, I would go fix some dinner. I know they will all be hungry when they wake up. I decided to do a pork loin on my Traeger with chili beans and mashed potatoes, plus the aroma generated by cooking it will drift throughout the house and bring them in.

I wasn’t wrong. In about 45 minutes the aroma had awakened the crew and they were beginning to wander into the kitchen one at a time.

Norman arrived first. He had kind of a sheepish look about him as he came in. I just smiled and shook my head. “Did you have a good time,” I asked him.

“Good time isn’t an accurate de***ion of what I just went through. Did you know this was going to happen to me and not warn me?”

“Oh, I suspected something like this might happen, but, I didn’t know for sure……pretty damn good fucking isn’t it?” I asked him.

“Damn good. How long has this been going on. If I had had any idea I would have been here to see you a lot sooner.”

“Well, Norm, it only started a couple of days ago…..quite to my surprise. Jamie just showed up in my bed early one morning. She told me she wanted to fuck, so I obliged her. She is a little vocal and woke Aubrey up. She came into my room and found me fucking Jamie. She took everything off and got in bed and joined in. She reminded me that she was adopted and that she had wanted me for a long time. I think you can figure out the rest.”

Norman looked at me smiling, “Well, old friend, let me tell you what happened when I got here today. Jamie met me on the driveway when I arrived. She told me that she was supposed to show me to my room. Well, when we got in there, she sat the suitcases she had down and totally came on to me. We ended up naked and fucking like a couple of dogs in heat. Like you said, when she starts to cum, she gets a little vocal. It didn’t take long till Aubrey showed up. She watched us fucking for a while then I saw her strip and come to the bed with Jamie and I. I’ll say one thing for that young lady, she can suck a golf ball through 50 ft. of water hose….I felt like she was going to suck my balls out the end of my dick. She’s one damn good piece of ass too.”

“Norman, you know what? I’m too old to worry about fucking these young women. If they want me, I’m going to deliver. I want to live out my years being between the long beautiful legs of a young woman, and I don’t care who she is. If she wants to fuck, we’re gonna fuck.”

Aubrey had made her way from the frige to where Norm and I were talking. “What are you two talking about so seriously?”

“Welllll, to be honest, we’ve been talking about fucking you two and how good it was,” I said to her. “Now, we’re wondering what we are going to get into tonight.”

Aubrey just smiled and said, “I am absolutely sure that you two are going to get into Jamie and I tonight. You two are a couple of hot guys and we thoroughly intend to fuck you two till the sun comes up. Better get ready for a fucking marathon.”

I just smiled at Aubrey and said, “Bring it on babe, it’s gonna be a long night”

Norm and I went out by the pool and pulled a couple of beers out of the frige and sat down. “Norman, I think that it’s time we teach those two what it is to be fucked.” I opened a drawer behind the bar and pulled out a bottle of pills.

“This is our secret weapon, my friend. 5 mg pills of Cialis. We’ll take two of these babies and we’ll be hard all night and into tomorrow. We need to take them around 5 pm. That will give the stuff time to go to work. Believe me, Norm, when you get stimulated, you’ll be rock hard every time you even think about it. I’m going to take a little nap so I can stay up all night, I suggest you do the same.”

I gave Norm his two pills and went to bed for a while. I’m going to show Aubrey what an old guy can do……it’s going to be fun.

After about an hour nap, I felt great. I went to the kitchen and pulled some steaks out of the freezer for all of us. I popped the two Cialis I had and put some potatoes in the microwave and some asparagus into the steamer. I got a bottle of Merlot out of the cooler and sat the table. The steaks went onto the grill and I poured myself a Makers Mark and went to work putting the dinner together.

After a while I sent a group message out to Norm and the girls and told them that dinner was ready. They all arrived in a few minutes. We all chowed down and drank two bottles of wine with dinner.

Aubrey got up from the table, raised her glass of wine and said, “Here’s to one hell of a night!” We all toasted, drank the wine down and went to the living room. We paired off….Norm and Aubrey and Jamie and I. Jamie said to me as she began to take her clothes off, “No sense in wasting time with a lot of foreplay let’s get to the sex.”

I stripped and saw that Norm and Aubrey were doing the same thing. Jamie put a lip lock on me and my cock immediately came to attention. Jamie grasped it and began stroking it while we kissed. Jamie was on her knees in front of me sucking my hard cock down here throat and squeezing my balls with one hand and tickling my ass hole with the other. It felt so damn good that my knees were getting weak.

The only light in the living room was from the fire in the fireplace and one small lamp on a table. Aubrey had pushed Norm down on a couch and was kneeling between his legs, licking his balls and cock. Norman’s hands were on each side of her head pulling and pushing it on and off his big cock. Norman’s cock is bigger than mine. It was probably about 10 inches long and as big around as a can of Campbell’s soup.

My knees were about to give out so I sat on a couch. Jamie smiled and turned around, backing up to me, lowering her wet box down onto my 8 inches of throbbing meat. This position gave me a great view of my dick sliding in and out of her toned body. I laid my head back on the couch, grasped her hips and enjoyed the ride.

For a young woman, Jamie certainly knew how to fuck. For the longest time, she continued to slowly rise and fall on my phallus. The Cialis I had taken was doing its job, my cock was so hard it hurt. But, the inside of Jamie’s pussy was so hot and slick I felt nothing but the pure pleasure she was giving me. After a few minutes, she dismounted, straddled my midsection and sat back down on my dick. Her tits hung in front of my face. I squeezed them both as I took a nipple in my mouth and gently chewed on it. Jamie was moaning, her eyes had rolled back in her head as she began an orgasm. I continued to chew on her nipples and thrust up into her body. Jamie was moaning, the pleasure taking control of her whole being.

I was feeling so good, but I didn’t want to blow my load too quickly. I wanted to enjoy this young, beautiful woman to the fullest. To take my mind off of the pleasure, I watched my best friend fucking my granddaughter. She was on her back with her legs spread, one on top of the back of the couch and the other off the edge. Norman was between those long legs fucking her like there was no tomorrow. I could hear the squishy sounds made by his cock pounding her spread pussy. Her arms were wrapped around him, pulling him to her as close as she could. I heard her moan as Norm pushed his cock deep inside her and began to fill her belly with cum. Norman continued to pump her pussy, moaning as he continued to shoot his seed inside her. I watched as he collapsed on top of her, Aubrey wrapping her legs around his ass holding him inside her.

The vision of them fucking had pushed me to the edge of cumming. The pleasure of Jamie’s hot pussy wrapped around my hard cock was overloading my brain. Jamie was beginning another orgasm when I felt a torrent of sperm laden cum rushing toward the end of my hard dick. It exploded inside her and I could tell that she felt it squirting against the walls of her vagina. I pushed inside her body as far as possible, feeling my cock deliver one rope of cum after another into her pleasure hole. I could feel our co-mingled juices running down my shaft, onto my balls. Jamie laid forward onto me, moaning and groaning from the pleasure she was experiencing.

After a few minutes of recovery, Jamie kissed me very passionately. My cock was still rock hard and wanting. I positioned Jamie onto her hands and knees on the couch and told her, “Now Jamie, I’m going to take your ass.”

She had a frightened look on her face as she said, “Ken, I’ve never done it this way, I don’t know if I can handle your cock.”

“Jamie, just relax your ass, I’ll be gentle with you….I promise you, it will feel good after a little discomfort….trust me.”

Jamie presented her tight ass to me. I lubed my fingers with the mixed juices from her pussy and slowly worked two fingers into her ass, lubing it well. I pushed my cock into her pussy. It came out with a mix of cum and pussy juice dripping from it. I place the head of my shaft at her ass hole and began to push slowly. The head popped inside her and I felt her tense. I knew she would feel a little pain. I could hear faint sounds of pain coming from Jamie as I slowly pushed my hard rod deeper and deeper into her colon. I would stop periodically and let her get used to my size. Inch by inch I continued to push inside her body till my balls rested on her pussy lips. I stopped and let my cock soak inside her while she overcame the pain. I knew it was hurting her, but I also knew the pain would pass.

I slowly began to fuck her, pulling out till just the head of my prick was still inside her, then push slowly till I was fully inside her. When I heard her moaning with pleasure, I picked up the speed till I was fucking her at a steady pace. I could tell that Jamie liked the feeling of me in her ass. She would push back toward me, taking my cock as deeply as she could, moaning in ecstasy with every stroke. I felt her cum three times before I injected her guts with another huge load of semen. Jamie collapsed onto the couch with me on top of her, both of us breathing hard like we had just ran a marathon.

“Damn that was good. It felt so good to have you in my ass. Now I know what I have been missing.”

I pulled out of her and sat on the edge of the couch. Jamie raised up and kissed me. I grinned at her and said, “Darlin’, there’s something else you need to feel. You need to have a dick in your ass and your pussy at the same time. Believe me, you will love it. You will never feel as filled as you will when this happens. Before this night is over, you will experience it. Norman and I will both be inside you at the same time…..believe me, you will like it.

“Gee, Ken, I don’t know about that. That’s a lot of cock to be inside me….at the same time. But, if you say it will be good, then I believe you…you haven’t lied to me yet.”

We leaned back on the couch cuddling, watching Norman and Aubrey. He had her bent over the back of the couch, fucking Aubrey’s ass like there was no tomorrow. Norman had reached around her hips and was playing with her clit while he pounded her ass. Aubrey was screaming for him to fuck her harder and harder. We watched them both cum at the same time. When he pulled out of her, they both walked around the couch and sat down. We could see streaks of cum running down her legs as she walked. Norman’s cock was still hard.

“Hey Ken, I need some more pussy. I think I want to fuck Jamie for a while. Aubrey said she wants to fuck you, so let’s trade partners and take advantage of these hard cocks…..man, I haven’t had this much fun in years.”

“I know what you mean, but I just don’t know if I can cum again for a while. I’m think that I’m gonna just sit here for a while and recuperate,” I said.

Norman pulled Jamie to her feet and headed for his bedroom. “I’m going to go in here where it’s more comfortable, see ya later buddy.”

Aubrey sat down next to me and started stroking my hard cock. She looked like she had been rode hard and put up wet. “I’ll say one thing Ken, Uncle Norman certainly knows how to use that tool. I mean, he damn near fucked me to the point of passing out. He literally filled me with cum. I need to go take a shower and douche out my pussy and ass…..I want to be clean for you….ok?”

“Yeah, ok….I think I’ll just go with you and clean up myself. Let’s go to my bathroom, it’s got a shower with room enough for both of us.”

Aubrey and I got into the shower. She had retrieved a douche bag from her room. She cleaned herself inside and out while I showered too. We both stood in the hot water and held each other. She looked up at me as the water fell on both of us. “Ken, Grandpa, you know I love you don’t you?”

“Yes, I do,” I told her.

She turned off the water and led me outside the shower. She took a towel and handed me one. As we each dried off, she said to me, “I want you to take me into your bed and make love to me, don’t just fuck me, make love to me…..please?”

When we finished drying off, I took her by the hand and led her to my bed. I pulled all the top covers off the bed, then crawled on it. I held my hand out to her and brought her onto the bed with me. I kissed her passionately as we held each other close.

I moved down on her body and began to caress and kiss her breasts. Her nipples were hard as a rock. I continued on down to her pubic mound. I took her erect clit between my lips and sucked on it as I pushed my finger into her lubricated hole. I moved on down between her legs and began to lick her pussy as I grasped her ass cheeks. I felt her legs tighten and felt a rush of her juices as she began to cum. I moved up over her beautiful body, positioning myself behind her, spooning her. She raised her leg up over mine, allowing me access to her wet pussy.

She groaned as I penetrated her. I fondled her tits as I pushed in and out of her body. Her juices flowed freely. I kissed her shoulder as I continued to plunge into her depths. My left arm was under her neck and my hand was squeezing her left breast. My right hand was free to wander across her body. Her skin was soft and smooth. My hand laid on her belly, I could feel the indentation of her navel. She was breathing so hard as I continued to use her body for my pleasure. I could feel the muscles of her abdomen tense and knew she was experiencing another orgasm. She was whispering to me, “Ooooh yesssss…..you’re screwing me so good Ken…..soooooo damn good…….ah yes, yes, yes, yes. I love your cock inside me….it fills me….it makes me feel complete.”

I moved my right hand further down and found her engorged clit. I took it between my thumb and forefinger and began to squeeze it. She went into another orgasm. Her stomach muscles tightened as she began to cum again. My cock continued to move in and out of her body. I felt my balls twitch as I began to pump stream after stream of my fertile cum into her belly. She moaned as her body reacted to the feeling of hot cum coating the inside of her vagina.

When my cock stopped pulsing, we lay there together not moving, my cock still buried inside her. She turned her head to me and we kissed, our tongues dancing together. I pulled my semi hard shaft out of her. She rolled over and we embraced….holding each other tight as our emotions ran wild. We continued to kiss and hold each other till we fell asleep.

When I awoke, the sunbeams were streaming across the room. It was so quiet I could hear Aubrey’s heart beating. I looked at her naked body laying beside me….she was so beautiful. I was thinking to myself that I really shouldn’t be doing this with Aubrey, but, I wasn’t about to stop. Yes, I loved her as my granddaughter, but I also loved her as my lover. We both had crossed a line that we couldn’t go back across. If our family members ever find out, we will both be ostracized beyond belief. Our secret has to be just that….a secret, something only she and I will ever know about. We have begun a sexual odyssey that cannot exist outside these walls.

Aubrey was waking. She looked at me and smiled. She moved her hand behind my head and pulled me to her. Our kiss lasted for several minutes as our eyes looked into the others. She rolled over on top of me and guided my hardening penis between her soft pussy lips. I slid inside her and we fucked slowly and deliberately, feeling every move, feeling every inch of penetration. She fucked me slowly, staring into my eyes as my cock moved inside her body.

I could see the feeling of urgency in her face as she fucked me faster. I could feel that familiar twitch in my balls. She smiled and her eyes closed….her mouth opened as she took a deep breath and held it…….I exploded inside her…..we were both cumming….together, feeling that intense feeling as the world stood still for a few fleeting moments. Our bodies became one.

She collapsed on top of me. My arms surrounded her and I held her close. We drifted off to sleep, a feeling of peace and contentment within each of us.

Aubrey and I awakened just before noon. We were hungry, so after we showered, we went to the kitchen. Aubrey was laughing and joking around as we walked. When we got to the kitchen, Norman and Jamie were already there. Norman was cooking pancakes and sausage. Jamie was joking around giving him a hard time.

“Well look who finally decided to get out of bed,” Norman said grinning at us.

“We got hungry and needed something to eat, it’s sure nice of you to be cooking,” I jabbed him back.

“Yeah, yeah, yeah,” he quipped.

“So Norm, what are your plans?” I asked him.

“I have to get out of here today and get home. My secretary sent me a text this morning telling me of a problem that has come up at the office, so I need to get home and take care of it. After yesterday, I really wish I could hang around here for a while and have a little more fun, but, business calls.”

“I really wouldn’t know what you’re talking about,” I laughed, “I’ve been out of the business world long enough to have forgotten what it’s like.”

“I’m going to miss having you around Uncle Norman,” Aubrey said as she walked over to him and kissed him on the cheek.

He patted her on the ass and said, “And I’ll miss you, my dear.”

“Now listen here, you two promised to fuck me at the same time…..I want to know what that’s like. Are you going to do that before you leave here Norm?” Jamie asked.

“I don’t have to leave here till around 2, so if Ken is available, I guess we can do you before I leave…..what do you say Ken, are you up for it?”

“I guess so….. I think I’m up for it.”

We sat down to eat, everyone was in a good mood and still joking around. When we finished eating, we all went into the living room. Jamie took her clothes off and sat down on the couch. I stopped by my bedroom and retrieved a bottle of lube. Norm and I stripped and Aubrey settled down in a chair to watch.

“Norm,” I said, “you want the pussy or ass?”

“I think I’ll take the ass,” he replied.

“Ok Jamie, lean over the back of the couch and spread your cheeks, I need to lube you up.”

Jamie complied. I took the bottle of lube and put a generous amount on my hand. I rubbed it up and down her crack, then pushed my index finger into her rectum. I added more lube on my fingers and put two fingers all the way inside her asshole, stretching her sphincter muscle.

“Just relax Jamie, the more you fight it, the more it will hurt, so just relax your ass more.”

I worked more lube inside her rectum until I felt her finally relax her sphincter. I tossed the bottle to Norm so he could lube his cock. When he got it nice and slick, I had Jamie sit on his lap, facing away from him. Jamie hovered above Norm’s hard rod. He put the head against her little brown hole and pulled her down until the head of his dick popped inside her. Slowly she impaled herself on his cock. Norm grasped her by the hips and began to thrust into her.

Jamie was past any pain she may have felt. I lubed my cock and moved between their legs. I slowly I pushed my hardness inside her warm pussy and began to fuck her. I could feel Norman’s cock moving inside her rectum as I fucked her pussy. Jamie had laid back onto Norman’s chest. She was breathing hard, trying to comprehend the feelings she was having from the two rather large cocks inside her at the same time. Norm had cupped her tits and was squeezing them and tweeking her nipples while I was thumbing her erect clit.

It didn’t take very long before Jamie was having one, almost continuous orgasm. It felt so good. I didn’t know how long I could continue till I had to dump the load in my balls inside her. Norm was thrusting, I was thrusting, Jamie was screaming, “OH MY GODDDDD, THIS FEELS SO FUCKING GOOD……KEEP FUCKING ME, FUCK ME FASTER, FUCK ME FASTER, FILL ME WITH CUMMMMMMM……AHHHHHHH SHIT….FUCK MEEEEEEEE……..”

I felt cum rushing through my dick and gushing into Jamie’s pussy. I could feel Norm’s cock pulsing, doing the same thing inside her colon. Jamie was still cumming also. My knees were weakening so I pulled out of her and found a chair, a long string of thick cum following my cock as it left her gaping hole. Jamie was totally spent, still laying on Norman’s chest, trying to catch her breath. I could see Norm moving, so I knew he hadn’t died from the exertion. I watched as his cock softened and fell out of her ass, thick streams of cum stretching toward the floor.

Aubrey was sitting, watching the whole thing, her eyes were huge and her mouth was hanging open, somewhat unable to believe what she had just witnessed.

“Think you want to do that honey?” I asked her smiling.

“I don’t think so….I don’t know if I could handle it.”

“It…..was…..a …..piece…..of……cake,” Jamie uttered, still trying to catch her breath. “It felt fantastic….”

Jamie slowly got off of Norman, cum still dripping from her holes. She laid down on the floor trying to regain her strength. Norm was smiling from ear to ear.

“That was fucking great,” he said fully pumped. “I really hate to go, I’d like to give that to Aubrey too.”

Aubrey just smiled and said, “I’m afraid I’ll decline for right now, maybe some other time.”

Norm got up and went to his room to clean up and pack his clothes. Jamie had fallen asleep on the floor and Aubrey and I went to my room while I cleaned my cock.

“I have to go to a class this afternoon, but I’ll be back tonight, if it’s ok,” Aubrey said to me.

“That will be fine, my dear, just leave Jamie at school, I want to be alone with you tonight,” I seriously told her.

“Me too,” she replied as she went to her room to get dressed for her class.

I heard her waking Jamie and telling her to get up and get cleaned up so they could go to school. Jamie was still weak, but got up mumbling to herself. After a short while, Aubrey stuck her head in my room and told me she would be back by 6. I waved at her and blew her a kiss.

I went to the kitchen to get a glass of tea and found Norm there sipping on a glass.

“Well, old buddy, it’s been great. I really hate to have to go. Hopefully, I can get back up here soon…maybe we can go fishing or something.”

“Come on back when you’re ready, you know you’re welcome anytime.”

He got up off the bar stool and shook my hand. He grabbed his suitcase and headed out the door with me following. He started his truck and pulled out of the drive way onto the county road.

All of a sudden, I was there alone. It felt great. I went into the living room and cleaned up the mess, then went on to all the bedrooms and changed the sheets. I started the laundry and settled into my recliner and fell asleep…..I just realized how tired I was.

In a little while my phone rang, it was Aubrey.

“I just wanted to tell you, this weekend was great…..and….I do love you Ken. I’ll see you in a while.”

I just smiled, remembering everything that Aubrey and I had done. That girl is special, I was thinking to myself. I went to the laundry room and moved the laundry around then went back to my chair and dozed off again.

I finished the laundry and got it all put away. It was approaching 5 pm, so I decided to fix Aubrey and I some dinner. I put a couple of chicken breasts on the JennAire and some asparagus in the steamer. A couple of baked potatoes, some salad and a bottle of Zinfandel and I was all set.

At 6, I had the table set and the meal prepared. I opened the bottle of Zin, sat down at the breakfast bar and waited for Aubrey to arrive. In a few minutes, I heard her car pull up in the driveway. When she came in, she put her books down and came straight to me and kissed me.

The dinner looks fabulous and I’m starved. I’ve looked forward to getting home all afternoon. I led her to the table and seated her. After dinner, we did the dishes and went into the living room and sat on the couch. Aubrey leaned over to me and kissed me again.

“I guess we should talk, a lot has happened.” She said to me.

“I suppose you are right….a lot has happened.”

We talked about the weekend and everything that had happened. We talked about our night together and how we felt about it. We both knew that we had to keep it a secret….no one could ever know. We knew it might be hard, but it had to be this way.

Aubrey and I went to my room, she undressed and got onto my bed. I undressed and lay down next to her. We kissed as our hands explored the other’s body. I moved between her long legs and pushed my hard cock inside her. I made love to her slowly for the next hour. After we both climaxed, we lay close to each other, our bodies again becoming one.

Aubrey has awakened me, sexually. We love each other in a way that the world would frown upon. But, we will continue to be together, hiding our feelings for each other from everyone…..no one else can ever know what happens within these walls. I don’t know if it is good or bad, but it is the life we have chosen to live.

End

Tomboy – 1 5 (1)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

A sweet little story about Danni, her brothers, and their friends

Story Summary – Danielle plays with the boys.

Disclaimer – This is a work of fiction, make-believe and fantasy. You must be 18 or over to read this story. In real life, incestuous relationships, particularly when an under-aged person is involved with a parent or adult, often causes deep psychological damage. This story is provided for entertainment purposes only. The author does not condone any sexual activity with persons under 18 in real life.

Note – It is OK to have fantasies, but turning a fantasy into reality can destroy lives. Don’t be a dick with other people’s lives!

Danielle Parker was a tomboy. Everyone knew she was more boy than girl, at least on the outside.

Growing up with her two older brothers, Noah and Justin; she quickly learned to love playing with toy cars, baseball, wrestling, cops and robbers, dirt bikes and mud. She often came home with scuffed knees, scratches, scrapes, and more that her share of bruises. She was never afraid of a worm or a snake and had more courage than most boys her age.

Her mother and father had tried to get her interested in ‘girl-things,’ like dolls and pretty dresses, but she would have none of it. Her preferred attire consisted of blue-jeans, tennis-shoes, t-shirts and baseball-caps. The pretty clothes and dolls she received as gifts from well meaning Aunts and Uncles collected dust in the back of her closet, untouched and unwanted.

And poor Noah and Justin – they always had to take their little sister with them everywhere they went. If they tried to leave without her, she would catch them sneaking out and whine to their parents, “I want to come too!” and their parent’s answer always seemed to be; “Take your little sister with you!” and her brothers’ sad reply? A whining, “Aw, Mom!”

Noah and Justin finally accepted her, as did their friends; but sometimes only after a fight with one of Danni’s brothers, or a quick wrestling match with Danni herself, leaving the losing boy begging for mercy and agreeing to let her play. Besides, she was a good ball player, fun to be around, and being younger, they could cajole her into doing things they didn’t want to do, or she could do better – like poking a dead animal with a stick, or sweetly asking someone’s parent for a snack or a cold sweet drink on a hot summer day.

Her short brown hair, bright green eyes, and freckled cheeks often confused people who met her for the first time. She was too pretty to be a boy, but she sure acted and dressed like one. Her teeth were white and her face was tanned from playing outside. She was lithe and muscular; not the bulging muscles of a boy, but the well toned muscles of an active young lady. Her legs were long, her waist was flat and her ass was round and tight. She was in fine shape from riding her bike, playing in the creek, wrestling with the boys, and running through the fields, chasing butterflies and lightning bugs.

Puberty visited Danni about the same time it did her brothers. She first noticed her breasts getting sensitive and swelling a bit, then, a short while later, her nipples began to enlarge and puff out. Her little cunny seemed to need a lot of attention lately and she began to get ‘extra’ good feelings when she rubbed it against things, like the thick, metal poles on the monkey-bars at the play-ground, or the big, round, wooden, ball at the foot of her bed, or a strategically placed baseball-bat or bicycle-bar. She would absentmindedly rub her little kitty often, trying to be discrete, especially after her mother once admonished her for rubbing her itching pussy against the corner of the produce bin at the grocery store.

Danni was fascinated with her little hole. She was amazed at how her slit would open when she slid her finger up and down her zippered-crack. She would feel the slippery discharge between her fingers, not knowing the cause of it, but grateful for the lubrication it provided.

Lying awake at night and rubbing her little, bald pussy, was the only time she was happy to be a girl. She felt superior to her brothers and their friends, knowing they didn’t have such an amazing toy to play with at night. She was curious about the things between her brothers’ legs though. She had seen them when she was younger; watching her older brothers getting ready for their bath, or covertly spying on them when they peed, slightly jealous at their ability to stand while she was mostly forced to squat. Danni and her brothers had grown more modest with their genitalia recently, both with the onset of puberty, and with their parent’s insistence on separate bedrooms and bath times.

However, Danni’s growing breasts soon presented a problem for her. Wearing her favorite t-shirts, she could no longer hide her budding bosom. Danni adamantly refused to wear a training bra, so she and her parents compromised by buying her loose fitting tops. That only solved the problem for a little while; Danni’s breasts continued to grow, and when summer arrived, her fat nipples and swollen flesh became the subject of quiet whispers between her brothers and their friends.

On the first warm day of summer, the neighborhood kids were playing in the huge backyard at the Parker’s home, when Danni’s breasts again became the topic of conversation.

“I can see her tits and nipples through her shirt!” Conner whispered to Danni’s brother Noah. Conner Copeland was Noah’s age, and like Noah, already had some hair on his balls. Both boys were jacking off and shooting their sperm whenever they had the chance, which was never often enough.

Noah had noticed his sister’s breasts before but never gave them much thought, until recently, that is. Lately, he found himself staring at his sister’s chest, wondering what her developing titties looked like naked.

“I’d suck those fat nipples until she creamed her panties,” Caleb said. Caleb was Conner’s older brother. He always pretended to know a lot more about sex than he actually did. The younger boys looked up to him. He was smitten by Danni.

“Knock it off, Caleb,” Noah said, “She’s my sister!”

“So what?” replied Caleb.

“You are just being a jerk because she beat you at wresting last week!” Noah said, trying to stick up for his little sister.

“Whatever,” Caleb said. In actuality, he had suggested a wrestling match, just so he would have an excuse to fondle and grope Danni. It worked too, and no one suspected a thing, even after he cupped her butt and ‘accidently’ felt her tits. He finally admitted defeat, with Danni sitting on top of him, her breasts heaving from exertion and sitting on his hard pecker, which he ground into her ass while pretending he was trying to wiggle free. It didn’t bother him being teased about it, besides, he planned to ask for a rematch and straddle her next time.

“Look at how hard her nipples are!” Calvin said to Justin. Calvin was Justin’s age. He didn’t have pubic hair yet, like his older brother Noah, but recently noticed a couple wild hairs in his arm-pits and he played with his hard little dick whenever he was alone. He couldn’t ejaculate yet, though not from lack of trying. He had started getting funny feelings when he often spied on his sister in the morning, as she walked across the hall to the bathroom without a shirt on, her fat nipples on display. He knew she was changing and growing up, just as he and his brother were.

“Let’s have a water-gun fight!” Caleb suggested, grinning evilly. Caleb couldn’t help but notice Danni’s breasts developing a few months ago and would shyly stare at them when he thought no one was looking. He had begun to observe how pretty her eyes were, how the sun made her hair shine and how long and sexy her legs were getting in her tight, demin shorts. It amazed him that Noah’s stupid, little, tomboy sister was causing him to get hard and painful erections whenever he was near her.

The water-gun fight soon ensued, with riotous laughter, slips and falls on the wet grass and shrieks of alarm as the icy cold water landed on a warm back or a happy, sun-kissed cheek.

Caleb took special delight at chasing after Danni. He would blast her face, chest and ass at every opportunity. Caleb took a perverse delight in watching the long, fat stream of water splashing against Danni’s pretty butt or intriguing breast-lumps. Soon, Danni was soaked and her loose t-shirt was plastered to her breasts, her nipples were taut from the cold water, and her heaving chest only accentuated her small, developing titties.

Soon, shouts of “Truce!” and “Time-out!” were called, and the boys and Danni, exhausted from their play, sat in a circle on a dry area of the yard, beyond the trees and far way from prying eyes, nearly into the un-mowed field that bordered the short stretch newer homes, on property recently converted from rich farmland.

They all caught their breath, laughing and reminiscing about their game; whether it was a certain covert attack, a perfect water-blast to the face, or an awkward, hysterical fall. The boys soon grew quiet and each of them in turn stopped and stared at Danni’s wet t-shirt; her hard, pointed nipples were sitting atop her swollen areolas and the budding flesh behind them. They were hypnotized by her deep, rhythmic breathing which caused her newly developed titties to rise and fall repeatedly. Danni was oblivious to their gaze. Her eyes were closed and her pretty face was turned to the sun, basking in the heat and letting her hair and clothes dry in the warm summer sunshine.

As the boys often did, they took off their cold, wet shirts to feel the sun on their bodies. Danni heard them moving about and opened her eyes to see the four shirtless boys. She had never noticed how firm their chests were and how slim and handsome they were getting. For some reason, she felt a small thrill as she admired their bodies. Seeing their eyes upon her, she too pulled off her shirt, misinterpreting their stares, and spread her shirt on the grass next to her to dry. She again closed her eyes and attempted to relax in the warm sunshine.

“Danni!” Noah’s harsh voice scolded her. He looked at his friends and brother apologetically, embarrassed by his little sister’s actions.

“What?” Danni, asked, opening her eyes and seeing the shocked faces of her brothers and friends. She looked at the boys intently, wondering what was going on. Justin and Connor began smiling and staring at her chest. Noah looked angry, and Caleb had the most stupid, happy and dazed expression on his face. As if he had never seen her without a shirt on before.

“Put your shirt back on!” Noah yelled, waving his hand and pointed at her discarded clothing.

“Why should I?” she asked, confused, “It’s all wet!” Danni and the boys often played without their shirts and couldn’t comprehend her brother’s consternation.

“Your breasts!” Noah hissed, now pointing at Danni’s chest.

“You’ve seen them before!” Danni s shot back, “What’s the big deal? You guys see me without a shirt all the time!” Danni looked at the five shirtless boys and became indignant. “You guys have your shirts off… And, why are you all staring at me like that?”

“Your breast…, your breasts are different now!” Noah said.

“So what?” Danni said, looking down at the swollen lumps where her smooth, boyish chest used to be. “I can’t help what they look like!”

“But, you can’t go around with your tits hanging out!” Noah said exasperated at his little sister.

“Is it because they’re weird and bumpy?” Danni said, suddenly getting embarrassed and hiding her breasts with her arms. ‘Oh no!’ She was so different now! ‘Her friends probably thought her lumpy breasts were ugly!’ Danni looked like she was about to cry, but, she made it a point to never cry in front the boys. Her lower lip began to quiver.

“It’s not that! Girls just…, you know…, keep themselves covered up!” Noah told her. “Did you ever see mom walk around the house without a shirt, and her tits flopping around?”

“No…, but it’s hot out here!” Danni whined. “And my tits are not flopping around!” She pulled her wet shirt to her chest and said defiantly, “I’m telling mom that you guys won’t let me take my shirt off!” Danni knew she only had to threaten her brothers with tattling on them, and they would give in to her demands. Especially if they said she couldn’t do something with them because she was a girl!

“Go ahead and tell!” Noah said.

“I will!” Danni stormed off towards the house with her wet shirt in her hand.

Caleb ran after her and grabbed her by her shoulder. Danni spun around, her naked, small breasts slightly jiggling. “What!” she screamed.

“I…, I think your b…, breasts are pretty, Danielle,” he stuttered, staring at them.

“Don’t call me that name!” Danni said, pushing Caleb to the ground and storming off.

Danni arrived at the back door to her house and cautiously decided to put on her shirt before tattling on her brothers.

“Mom!” Danni yelled, stepping into the house from the back deck. “Mom!” she yelled again, a little louder, slamming the door and searching for her mother.

“What Danni?” Her mother jumped up from the couch and met Danni as she marched into the room. She was pleased to see her daughter was not hurt, only soaking wet. “Are you OK, Danni?” she asked.

“Noah and Justin told me I can’t take off my shirt, but all the other guys have their shirts off!” Danni tattled. She expected her mother to get angry, like she always did when the boys didn’t let her do the same things they were doing. Instead, her mother was smiling at her!

“Oh, Danni…,” her mother sighed, holding back a giggle.

“You have to tell them that I can take off my shirt anytime I want to!” Danni said, “Right mom?”

“Oh honey, I’m so sorry,” Danni’s mother Cheryl said. “Let’s go get you some dry clothes and then we will have a little talk.” Danni and her mother went to Danni’s room where Cheryl motherly explained to Danni that now that she was maturing, societal norms did not allow young girls with budding breasts to walk about uncovered.

“That’s not fair!” Danni exclaimed, pulling off her wet clothing.

“I know dear, it is definitely not fair, but that’s just how it is,” her mother told her. She went on to explain to Danni how naked breasts on young girls can have ‘peculiar’ affect males, both young and old, the same with her naked kitty, or butt. She told her about men and their erections and how puberty affects both boys and girls. She also reminded Danni about their ‘Birds and Bees’ talk last year and went over it again in detail, but returned to the subject of keeping her breasts covered up, lest she get the boys ‘too excited’.

“Boys are weird!” Danni exclaimed, “Getting erections just from seeing a girl’s titties!” She remembered the last time she saw her brothers’ penises and tiny ball-sacks, and imagined their little ‘things’ getting hard. She vaguely remembered her brother Noah’s penis once sticking out like a little pinky finger, back when they used to share baths together. Her mind briefly imagined the other boy’s penises, and wondered if they got hard when they looked at her breasts and nipples. She was sure Caleb would have gotten an erection, as she remembered the funny look he gave her and how intently he had stared at her breasts when she took her shirt off. She smiled, recalling he said he liked her small breasts.

Danni was sitting on her bed naked. Her wet clothes lay in a heap on the floor. As she bent over to pull on a fresh pair of panties, her mother casually examined her daughter’s breasts. She noticed how hard and full her daughter’s nipples were, thinking a lot of dirty old men and horny young boys would like to get their lips around them.

“Let me see your breasts a second, Danni,” she said. Danni pulled up her panties and stood in front of her mother for her examination, but not before rolling her eyes in exasperation.

“Your breasts are growing nicely, Danni,” she said, noticing their asymmetry, “They still have some growing to do, and will get nice and round like mine, soon I’m sure.” She glanced down to her daughter’s bald pussy and added, “You will be growing hair down there soon… and getting your period…”

“Oh, boy. I can’t wait,” Danni said sarcastically, but contemplated her changing body. She was very curious and wondered what would become of her. She wanted to know more.

“Uh, mom?” Danni hesitated, biting her lower lip. “Can I see your breasts?” Danni asked impulsively. “…to know what mine will look like… someday…?”

Cheryl looked at her daughter’s face and watched it glow pink with embarrassment. She decided to humor her tomboy daughter, and casually glanced at the door to make sure it was closed tightly. Her boys were still outside and her husband Tom was out running errands. She was safe from prying eyes. “Sure, I guess so,” Cheryl said.

Cheryl smoothly pulled off her shirt and reached back to unclasped her bra-strap. Her breasts strained against the cloth as she tugged and worked at her strap. Cheryl pulled her bra away and let it fall. Her full, round breasts tumbled out. She cupped them gently and hefted them up, putting them on display while slightly regretting what three children, Mother Nature, and gravity had done to her once perfect breasts.

“They are pretty, mom!” Danni said, staring at her mother’s large titties. “Will mine get that big?” Danni cupped her own small breasts.

“They will get bigger because you are still growing yet. How big? Who knows…? It depends…,” Cheryl said. “Your grandma on your daddy’s side has smaller breasts than mine, but you never know…, and, thanks for the compliment. You are sweet to say they are still pretty.” She started to put on her shirt then stopped suddenly.

“Watch this,” Cheryl said. She reached her arms up slowly and cupped her breasts again. She gave them a gentle squeeze before gripping both of her soft nipples between her fingers and thumbs and gave them a firm pinch, then a couple tugs, and ended with a firm, nearly painful twist. She took away her hands and showed her daughter her rock-hard nipples. Her areolas had tightened and her nipples stood out firm and taut.

“Wow!” Danni said.

“That’s not what I wanted you to see…” Cheryl said. She put on her shirt, leaving her bra on the bed. After pulling her long, brown hair from inside the shirt, she tossed her head and pressed her shirt flat on her belly. Her hard nipples poked thru her shirt, firm, fat and proud.

“See. That is why I wear a bra most of the time,” she explained to her daughter. “Just like a boy’s penis, our nipples can get hard at anytime, sometimes for no reason at all.”

Danni looked down at her nipples. They were fatter than her mom’s and always seemed to be getting hard.

“That’s the reason young ladies like you should wear a bra, Danni.”

Danni realized what her mother was trying to tell her; she had been inadvertently displaying her hard nipples and breasts to the boys, exacerbated by her steadfast refusal to wear a bra.

“Do you still have that training-bra I bought you Danni?” her mother asked sweetly.

“Yes, mom…” Danni replied and plodded to her dresser. She pulled out her white, pull-on training bra. Her mother helped her put it on.

“Do I have to wear it all the time, mom?” Danni whined.

“No, of course not,” her mother told her. “When you are outside playing, or going to the store – yes. At home – no.” She watched her maturing daughter examining herself in the mirror. “And, if your brothers tease you about it, you let me know, OK?”

“OK.” Danni said. “And mom?”

“Yes?”

“Can I see your kitty too?” Danni asked, not quite as embarrassed as before.

For an answer, her mother quickly pulled down her panties and shorts with one quick motion. She stood there for three full seconds then pulled up her clothes.

“You have a lot of hair!” Danni said, watching her mother’s thick, brown triangle of curly hair disappear behind her shorts.

“Yes, but it is the same as yours underneath, Danni.” Cheryl said. “Some girls even shave their hair off. I like to keep my trimmed….”

“I’m going to shave mine,” Danni declared.

“I see…,” she said, before adding, “Anything else?”

Danni looked at her mother. She was so pretty, she thought. Long hair, pretty, a smiling feminine face with a woman’s soft, sensual body.

“Would you show me how to put on make-up?” Danni asked.

At first, Cheryl wasn’t sure she heard her Danni correctly. Then she smiled. “Absolutely,” she said. Cheryl was so happy; her pretty little daughter was finally acting like a girl!

They went into the master bedroom. Cheryl had Danni sit down in front of her make-up mirror where Cheryl giddily instructed Danni on the finer points of make-up artistry. Danni had a lot of questions about the different cases, pencils, brushes and colors. Cheryl dutifully explained everything, and between the two of them, applied some understated blush, eye-liner and lipstick to Danni’s pretty face.

“Wow,” Danni said, “I look different…” She admired herself in the mirror.

“You are beautiful, Danielle,” Cheryl told her, wiping away a tear. Danni’s mother was almost ready to sob with joy, seeing her little tomboy transformed into a pretty, feminine lady. “I can give you some of my extra make-up, and we can go shopping for more, if you want…

“Do you want to try on a skirt, Danni?” her mother asked her, hoping beyond hope, “Or maybe a dress?”

Danielle gave out a resigned sigh. “OK.”

“Noah, who’s that cute girl on your back deck?” Caleb asked, seeing a pretty lady in a pretty yellow dress sitting on a chair on the Parker’s large, wooden deck. The boys had finished drying in the sunshine and with Danni gone, had spent their time talking about tits, pussies, fucking and other sexy stuff, and were now heading back to the house, tired, thirsty, hungry and horny.

“I don’t know,” Noah said, “Maybe a cousin or something.” He peered at the girl’s face, trying to discern who it was.

“She’s hot,” Conner said.

“I’d fuck her,” Justin said.

“That’s Danni!” said Caleb.

“Danni! No way!” said Calvin.

“It is Danni!” said Noah.

“You just said you’d fuck your own sister, Justin!” Calvin teased his friend.

“Well, I would!” he stammered, “I mean, if she wasn’t my sister and everything!”

Still giggling, the boys climbed the stairs to the deck, not taking their eyes off of Danni. She was sitting pretty with her legs crossed demurely. Her hair was slightly curled and hanging over her bright green eyes. Her soft make-up was flawless and her long legs extended well beyond her short sundress. She had noticeable ‘breast-bumps’ underneath her cute dress.

“Lemonade, boys?” Danni asked, teasing her friends.

The boys were too busy looking at Danni to notice the platter of glasses and a pitcher of lemonade on the table beside her.

“Sure!” they all responded. They watched Danni pour out the glasses of lemonade and then they watched as she picked up each glass delicately from the platter. Her pink, painted fingernails and warm hands provided a cold glass to each of the boys.

“Thanks!”

“Yeah, thanks, Danni!”

“What gives?”

“What’s with the make-up and dress?”

“Yeah?”

“Oh, mom and I were just fooling around,” Danni said, starting to feel a little silly.

“You look nice.”

“Yeah.”

“Really nice.”

Danni smiled. “You really think so?”

“Yeah…”

She smiled brightly.

They slurped their lemonade, sucked on ice cubes and watched Danni’s long legs rocking underneath her dress. They talked about what they were going to do this summer and then Danni asked if they had any plans for tonight.

“Oh, no, nothing,” Noah lied. He and the boys had just finished discussing how to ditch Danni and have a sleepover in Caleb, Conner and Calvin’s tree-house. Their father was a master carpenter and had built his sons an impressive clubhouse in a huge oak tree in their backyard. It had a ladder, a pulley system for hauling up whatever they needed, and even electricity! It would have made a great ‘boys only’ clubhouse, but of course, Danni and her parents insisted that Danni be allowed to play with her brothers and their friends too.

Tonight was going to be special though, and Noah definitely did not want Danni there. Caleb had received a new laptop computer for his birthday last week and was telling the boys about all the pornography he had been watching on the internet. Tonight, they were going to watch porn together.

“What if we get boners?” Conner had asked.

“Jack-off, dumb-ass,” Caleb told his younger brother bluntly. “I’m going to.”

“Me too,” said Noah, although he wasn’t sure about jacking-off in front of his friends.

“Me too,” said Justin, trying to fit in.

Noah had been excited about seeing porn, but was worried how they was going to sneak away without Danni trying to tag along.

Then, in front of Danni, his friend told Danni everything!

“How about a sleepover in the tree-house?” Caleb suggested, “It will be warm enough tonight.”

“Caleb!” Noah chastised his friend. He was wrecking their plans! How could they watch porn and jack-off with his little sister there?

“Sounds like fun!” Danni said.

“Danni, you can’t come!” Noah said.

“Why not?” Danni was already getting angry at her brother and ready for a fight.

“Boys only!”

“Oh yeah?” Danni stood up, ready to tackle her older brother wearing her pretty dress or not!

“Let her come,” Caleb said quietly.

“What?” Noah said, and then whispered, “What about the porn?”

“Porn?” Danni said, her keen ears hearing every word. “You guys are going to watch pornography tonight? Ooooh! I want to watch it too!”

“But Danni!” Justin said, “We might end up jacking off and stuff!”

“Jacking-off?” Danni said quizzically. “Oh, you mean masturbating! I like to masturbate!”

“You do?”

“Yeah!” In actuality, Danni had just learned that word from her mother, less than an hour ago. “Mom says everybody masturbates!”

“She did?”

“Yeah, mom told me even she masturbates!”

“Wow… your mom masturbates, Justin,” Calvin said. “I wonder if my mom masturbates…”

“OK, you can come.” Noah said, thinking it might be fun to have Danni there after all.

Noah, Justin and Danni left the house an hour before sunset, cutting through a couple of backyards and through the adjacent field to the Copeland’s tree-house.

Their mother was only slightly apprehensive about Danni spending the night with five young boys, but, since her brothers were there to protect her, and they had all slept together many, many times before, she allowed her daughter to go. Danni even insisted on wearing her pretty yellow dress, telling her mother she would change into her pajamas once she reached the tree-house. Her mother sighed, foreseeing many dirty and torn dresses in her future. Danni was still a tomboy at heart, she knew, putting on a pretty dress and make-up wouldn’t change her overnight, but, it was a start.

Caleb, Conner and Calvin were already at the tree-house, hoisting food and drink up through the trapdoor. The sleeping bags and other supplies the Parker’s brought soon followed, and the younger boys scampered up the ladder. Caleb held Noah and Conner behind, and extended his arm to Danni.

“Ladies first,” he said, bowing to her.

Danni looked at him in feigned disgust but began climbing the wooden ladder. Caleb quickly motioned Noah and Conner over to him, pointing upwards. The boys peered up intently, and from their vantage point, saw Danni’s white cotton panties. Noah pushed Caleb and called him a ‘pig’, but kept looking at his sister. The others soon followed her, Caleb in the lead, nearly sticking his head up her skirt to peak at her.

They congregated nervously after setting up their sleeping bags. It had been nearly nine months since they had last sleep outside and things seemed more awkward than before, mostly because they were nervous and excited to watch pornography together. The toys and games tucked away on dusty shelves seemed childish now.

The tree-house was impressive and built to last. It wrapped around the trunk of the old oak tree, providing 360 degree views. It had sturdy railings, walls, windows and a cedar roof. A large room sitting on a massive branch provided a play area, where six sets of sleeping bags were now spread out. To pass the time, they took turns spying on the neighborhood with binoculars, spitting over the rails, drinking sodas, eating snacks and watching the glorious sunset, until it was nearly dark, and time to get ready for bed.

Usually, they would all change in front of each other, easily stripping down to their underwear to put on their shorts and pajamas – but tonight was different. Caleb was first. He brazenly kicked off his shoes and socks and dropped his pants. Danni pretended not to glance at the boy-bulge in his briefs.

The other boys soon followed his lead, quickly dropping their trousers and putting on long, soft pajama bottoms or soft shorts and tee-shirts. When finished, they all glanced at Danni expectantly. She was so interested in watching the boys undress, she now realized she was the only one not dressed for bed and all the boys would be watching her. However, she had undressed in front of them many times before.

This time, though, she turned her back to them before pulling off her dress. The boys stared long and hard at her white cotton panties and bra. In her haste to be modest, she had forgotten her bed clothes were still in her backpack. ‘Oh, well’, she thought. Danni turned to face everyone again and bent over to get her things.

Seeing Danni in a bra was new to the boys, and they all wished she would display her naked breasts to them again, even her brothers. They peered at her crotch, noticing the peculiar lack of lumps, bumps and balls. She pulled on her soft, cotton shorts, holding her large tee-shirt in her hands. There was no way she was going to wear her bra all night.

“If I take off my bra, you guys won’t get boners or anything, will you?” she asked.

“No,” said Justin and Calvin lied.

“From looking at my stupid sister, no way,” added Noah.

“Maybe,” said Caleb, “I’m not making any promises.” For some reason, his comment made Danni smile. It excited her to know she could have such an effect on boys.

“I’ll try not to, Danni,” Conner said, “I really will, but…” Conner knew he couldn’t control it when his pecker got hard.

“Boys!” Danni exclaimed, not understanding the opposite sex at all. “No peeking!” she said. She turned around again and slipped her training bra over her head. The boys looked at the red impression marks left by the tight, stretchy material.

“Aaaahhh!” Danni sighed, loving the feeling of finally being able to remove her bra. She didn’t know how she could continue to wear such a confining garment all day long. She dropped her bra to the ground and groped her breasts, lifting them, tugging at them and rubbing her hands under them, where her bra had dug into her sensitive skin.

The boys watched her from behind. A long moment passed. Her arms and elbows were visible from the back, as she continued to massage her aching breasts.

“Can I play with them too?” Caleb asked. The boys chuckled. Danni turned red and quickly slipped on her shirt.

“Uh, I got carried away,” Danni said, now facing them. “But you try wearing that stupid thing all day long!”

“It looks like you were enjoying that a bit too much,” Caleb said. His cock was already getting chubby.

“Well, it did feel nice…” Danni said.

“Who’s ready for porn?” Caleb said suddenly.

“We are!” or “I am!” everyone exclaimed.

Caleb sat down next to a small table in the middle of the room and loaded his favorite website. “This site is great,” he said, “They have full length movies and everything!” He found a movie and announced, “This one looks good.” He pressed play, set the movie to full screen and adjusted the volume to they could all hear without the sound traveling too far into the night. He pulled the chain on the single overhead light, sending the tree-house into darkness, except for the bright glow from the computer, and sat down to watch the movie.

They started reading off the names of the porn-actors and giggling at their obvious sexual implications.

“Melanie Melons!” they snorted.

“Tiffany Suckwell!” they sniggered.

“Lance Hardwood!” they laughed.

“Shhh! The movie’s starting!”

It was typical porn with lousy music and bad dialog. A large breasted woman walked to a house and knocked on the door. A man answered and they soon started making out on the couch. She quickly removed her shirt and her large double-D’s tumbled out.

“That must be Melanie Melons!”

“Look at the size of those tits!”

In the movie, Melanie allowed Lance to suckle her breasts, with Danni wondering how nice it must feel, while hoping her breasts never got that big! How could she play baseball with those things getting in her way?

Melanie pulled out Lance’s cock and immediately began sucking on it. It grew to eight inches, fat and hard. “Look at the size of his cock!” the boys said, feeling inadequate. Danni stared, mesmerized.

Before long, Lance began to lick and suck Melanie’s pussy. He opened her up and licked her from top to bottom before plunging his face into her hot hole. The boys glanced at Danni, whose attention was riveted to the screen.

After a screaming oral orgasm, Lance pulled away from Melanie’s cunt and the two began fucking. Lance fucked her long and hard while Melanie moaned in fake ecstasy.

“Wow.”

“Shit.”

“Look at that!”

“So that’s fucking!”

It grew quiet in the tree-house, except the sound of Melanie Melons groaning, moaning and begging for more. The camera showed close-ups of the actors’ contorted features, bouncing breasts, driving cock, juicy-pussy and swollen balls.

Small hands surreptitiously slid into underwear. The boys fondled their hard dicks. Danni rubbed her wet pussy. They all wanted to cum – they were so turned on and so aroused, but they restrained themselves, not daring to orgasm in front of each other.

On the screen, the two actors continued to fuck and skillfully and smoothly changed to the doggie position. Melanie’s breasts swayed grotesquely as the two sweaty adults grunted and moaned.

The boy’s cocks got harder. Danni’s pussy got wetter.

Lance suddenly pulled his hard cock from Melanie’s cunt and began jacking-off to Melanie’s opened mouth.

“What’s he doing?” Danni asked.

“You’ll see,” said Caleb.

Danni made an audible gasp as a huge blast of cum erupted from Lance’s cock and splattered Melanie’s face. Spurt after spurt filled her mouth and painted her face. She looked into the camera, rolling the fresh spunk around with her tongue before swallowing it down and sucking on Lance’s slimy cock again until the screen went dark and a new scene began. More bad dialogue ensued. They all turned to each other, sheepishly pulling their hands from their underwear.

“Did you see how much he shot?” Calvin said.

“Do all you guys shoot that much sperm?” Danni asked.

“No,” replied Noah.

“I shoot a lot, but not that much!” added Caleb.

“He had a big penis!” Danni commented, wondering how such a big thing would fit in her tiny hole.

“I wonder how a blowjob feels,” Conner said.

“I have a boner.” Justin said.

“Me too,” said Calvin.

“Me too,” said Conner.

“Me too,” said Noah.

“Me too,” said Caleb.

“My pussy is really wet,” added Danni.

“Do you guys want to jack-off now?” asked Caleb.

The rest looked around at each other. Their faces were flushed, their genitals were engorged and they were all extremely horny. There were several grunts of “OK.” “Sure.” and “I will if you.”

Caleb stood up. His hard erection was making a tent in his shorts. He pulled down his clothes all at once. His hard erection bounced free. His cock was about five inches long, fat, hard and leaking pre-cum. He pulled off his shirt so his ejaculate would not get on his clothes. His brother Conner followed his lead, then Noah, Justin and Calvin.

Five naked boys with hard peckers nearly surrounded Danni. She glanced from cock to face and from face to cock. She noticed her brothers’ cock-heads were covered with skin, while the Copeland boys’ penises were exposed. She licked her lips nervously.

“Well?” Caleb said. “You said you were going to masturbate with us, Danni…”

“I…, I….,” Danni said, feeling a little scared.

“If you aren’t old enough to play with us boys, why don’t you go home and play with your dolls?” Noah said. That was Noah’s favorite insult for Danni. It always worked.

Danni stood up and dropped her shorts and panties. They boys stared at her naked twat. It was shiny with moisture where she had been rubbing it.

No one said anything. Caleb stared at Danni and began to stroke his cock. He smeared some pre-cum on his cock-head and fondled himself slowly. “Your shirt too, Danni,” he added breathlessly.

“Yeah, Danni,” Noah said. He wanted to see his sister’s tits again.

“It’s only fair,” Justin added.

“Fine!” Danni pulled off her shirt, exposing her breasts. Her nipples quickly hardened in the cool, night air. She flopped down with her legs closed and pretended to rub her slit.

The other boys sat down too. Calvin attempted to slide into his sleeping bag, but his older brother stopped him. “No hiding your junk!” he said. He didn’t want Danni to have an excuse to hide too.

They watched the movie. Two women had been talking and now were making out. Soon, they were sucking each other’s breasts and then eating pussy.

“I want to see more cocks, not pussies,” Danni uttered, looking at the screen then glancing around the room to see her friend’s hard dicks. Most of them were covered by their hands, so she couldn’t see them clearly.

“Do you want to see my cock, Danni?” Caleb said.

Danni looked at him. She did want to see his cock – up close. She was so horny and so curious. She nodded imperceptibly.

Caleb stood up and walked to Danni. Danni sat up, her legs crossed. Her pussy opened up a little from the tension of her spread wide thighs. Caleb stopped in front of her. His straining cock inches from her face. Danni peered at his hard cock, admiring the flared head, bulging veins and dangling balls. It was so different from her genitalia.

Caleb watched her staring and barked out, “Turn on the light.”

Noah jumped up and pulled the chain. The room flooded with light. Danni blinked a couple times and continued to stare. Noah stepped over to watch his little sister stare at his friend’s cock. Danni stared at her brother’s cock too.

“Don’t they hurt?” she asked, “All swollen up like that?” Their penises were so hard and painful looking.

“No,” Caleb answered. “It feels really good when I’m naked and my cock is hard.” He stared down at Danni’s inquisitive face. He stared at her breasts and naked pussy. “When I’m hard, it makes me think of girls and pussies and stuff. Something comes over me and I just have to jack-off and make it shoot, or else I think I’ll go crazy.” His cock throbbed and bounced in front of her. Danni’s eyes opened wide in surprise.

”Do you want to touch it?” he asked, pushing his cock towards her a bit more.

“Kinda…, yeah…, sure.” Danni said. “It is OK?”

“I want you to touch it,” Caleb said.

Danni tentatively reached out her manicured hand and touched it with a single finger. She pushed it down and watched it bounce back up, hard and firm.

“Wow.”

“Go ahead and grab it, Danni,” Caleb encouraged, “You can’t hurt it.”

Danni gripped his shaft delicately and then gave it a firm squeeze. A drop of pre-cum oozed out.

“What is that?” Danni asked.

“Pre-cum,” Caleb said. “It is really slippery.”

“Like my pussy…” Danni said, thinking about hard cocks, slippery pussies and intercourse.

“It tastes good too, try it,” he said, hoping Danni would lick his piss-slit.

“Gross!” Danni said. Then, she was surprised when Caleb scooped up a fat drop of pre-cum with his finger and licked it.

“See?”

Still, Danni wasn’t ready to taste Caleb’s pre-cum. Besides, there was none left. “So, why are your cocks different,” she asked Caleb and Noah.

“I’m ‘uncircumcised’ Noah answered, “They cut the skin off Caleb’s pecker when he was a baby.”

“Wow, boys are strange…” Danni said. “Can I touch your penis too, Noah?”

“I guess so…” Noah thrust his hard cock in front of his sister and shivered when she gripped it. She played with it a bit before pulling the skin back firmly until his cock-head was exposed like Caleb’s. She let it go and was surprised to see the skin stay behind her brother’s fat, flared cock-head. The two penises were so alike but completely different. Caleb’s cock was a little longer while Noah’s cock was thicker.

“Wow, your cocks are so cool,” Danni exclaimed, now gripping two hard cocks. She was amazed at how a boy’s penis went from small and soft to hard and big – really big!

“Conner, show Danni your cock too,” Caleb suggested. “You too, Calvin!”

“Justin, come on!” Noah prompted. “Let Danni see what all of our cocks look like.”

The other boys had been peering wide-eyed as Danni played with their brothers’ cocks. They quickly stood up, their penises straining and surrounded Danni with hard, boy-flesh.

“Wow!” Danni giggled, peering at all of her friend’s hard little peckers. She had to touch each one of them and fondled everyone’s balls. She knew to be gentle with their balls, having seen her friends doubled over in pain, caused by an errant baseball or elbow. All this time they had been friends and she had never considered playing with their cocks before.

“I have to pee,” said Conner, breaking the mood.

“Me too,” admitted Noah.

“OK, let’s take a quick piss break,” Caleb said. He paused the video.

The boys went outside to the railing to pee over the edge. Danni usually climbed down the ladder and squatted under the tree-house where the boys couldn’t see her, but tonight, she followed the naked boys outside to the deck. She could see their hard peckers and naked bodies in the moonlight. It felt so naughty to be naked! She felt the cool breeze on her naked body and shivered.

“Can I hold someone’s penis while they pee?” Danni asked. She had always seen the boys peeing from behind, and jealously watched them laughing while shooting their streams high in the air. Since she already held their penises, she figured she might as well ask if she could hold their cocks while they pissed.

“Sure!” Caleb said, interrupting the other boys who were also eager to volunteer.

Danni stood next to Caleb and watched as he pushed his still firm, but softening penis between the spindles of the railing. She reached around and gripped his cock. She waited. She waited some more.

“Aren’t you going to pee?” she asked.

“It is kind of hard to pee with you holding it!” Caleb said.

Danni felt his cock hardening beneath her fingers. “Yeah, I can tell its ‘kind of hard’ she giggled, squeezing his thick, hard shaft. Caleb turned red and tried to pee with all his might. His stream finally began to flow, arcing high due to his erection.

Danni felt his penis come alive and laughed out loud as she watched his urine flying into the sky before falling to the ground below. She aimed it to the left and to the right. Her brother Noah began to pee next to them, and they playfully dueled their streams against each other.

“This is fun!” Danni said, giggling. All too soon, Caleb emptied his bladder. He pushed one or two more spurts out and then stopped. Danni reluctantly released her grip and she watched Caleb shake it dry.

“Do you want to hold my dick, Danni?” Conner asked. He had held back, in spite of his full bladder, wanting to feel Danni’s fingers on his cock again.

“Yeah!” Danni said, and grabbed Conner’s cock, pressing her breasts into his back. His penis also hardened beneath her fingers. She tugged it a couple of times to encourage him. Finally, she gave a whoop of joy when he began to pee. She was so happy to play with another pissing penis. She arched his stream and was amazed at how far it went and forceful his urine was. His cock felt so strong in her hands. She almost wished she had a penis.

All too soon her fun ended. “That was cool!” she said. “Any more?” She looked around hopefully but all the boys were finished. “Aw,” she sighed, “But let’s do that again!”

“I still have to pee!” Danni announced, to no one in particular. She didn’t want to climb down the ladder. “I wish I could pee up here, like you guys,” she moaned, and started to climb down the ladder.

“I’ll go with you,” Caleb said. He wanted to watch.

“I’ll go too,” said Noah.

“Let’s all go!” said Conner, “It will be fun to walk around naked!”

They all climbed down the ladder and watched Danni squat and piss into the grass. She stood up and impishly pushed Caleb.

“Tag! You’re it!” she screeched, and ran away naked in the moonlight. Soon, the others were running and screaming, naked as the day they were born. Their penises flopped, a pair of breasts jiggled and naked, pale asses shone in the bright, grey light. They grabbed at each other, cupping butt cheeks, grabbing breasts, and fondling both hard and soft cocks along with yells of “You’re it!” and “No, you’re it – no touch-backs!”

Suddenly, they heard a door slam in the distance. They looked towards old man’s Fletcher’s house and saw his back-porch light flick on. His big, mean dog started barking and they all scrambled back up the ladder in mock terror, laughing and pushing at each other’s asses to encourage them to climb faster.

Danni felt a hand grip her naked butt and felt a couple fingers softly push against her kitty and slip into her wet slit. She didn’t mind. Besides, she was sure it was a mistake. When she got to the top of the ladder, she waited for to see who was behind her. Expecting to see Caleb, she was surprised to see her brother Noah climbing up behind her. She noticed his cock was hard and his face was flushed. He rubbed his nose while sniffing his fingers. Danni smiled.

Caleb turned on the video again just in time to see the two women finger fucking each other and eating each other to orgasm. Danni wondered what it would feel like to have a wet tongue in her pussy. They all sat down to watch.

“I never knew two girls could do it,” Justin commented.

“Or why not two guys…?” Danni suggested.

“Or a girl and two guys,” Caleb said, as the next scene began, with Melanie, Lance and another actor. They watched intently as Melanie found another excuse to take off her shirt. Before long, she was sucking both cocks, alternating between them, sucking one and stroking the other.

The boys again sprouted hard, throbbing boners. Danni’s pussy was soaked.

“I wish someone would suck my cock,” Conner said, humping his hard pecker into an imaginary mouth.

“Yeah, me too,” Justin said.

“I bet it feels great,” Calvin commented.

“Almost as good a fucking, I’ve heard,” Noah added.

“Can you imagine a hot, wiggling tongue up in your pussy?” Danni added, trying to fit in. “Uh, no, I guess you can’t!” she giggled. The others laughed too. Eventually, it grew quiet – even Melanie the porn star was quiet, except for all of the slurping. She had her mouth full of hard cock. Nervous and horny energy filled the room like steam after a hot shower.

Breaking the silence, Caleb said quietly, “I’ll lick your pussy for you Danni.”

Everyone looked at Caleb in surprise.

“Don’t you want to feel a hot, wiggling tongue up your snatch?” he teased. “And feel someone sucking on your pussy, like those two girls did in the video?”

Danni was horny, wet and eager. She did want to feel all of those things. She wanted to know what it was like to have someone between her legs. She wanted to feel her friend’s penises again and stroke them with her hand until she felt their powerful cocks erupting and spraying sperm, just like she had felt their urine surging up their shafts a short while ago. She wanted to know what it was like to suck a cock and longed to feel a hard penis sliding into her and fucking her pussy…

Danni paused and thought furiously. She was surrounded by her horny friends and knew they loved her. ‘Why shouldn’t we be able to have sexy fun together?’ she thought. ‘So what if her brothers were here. They were more like best friends than family. All of these boys were her friends! They had grown up together,’ she rationalized. ‘Besides, being a girl, she had equipment they didn’t have. It was only right that she share her body with her friends, so they could learn about sex together! It was perfect! Her friends would never tattle on each other for playing naughty, sexy games!’

Danni looked at Caleb, smiled naughtily and nodded. She imitated one of the porn stars and spread her legs and opened her cunt-lips with her fingers. “Come here and eat my pussy, Caleb,” she said huskily.

Caleb dove between Danni’s legs. He looked at her juicy, pink pussy shining wetly in the harsh light of the incident light bulb. “Hand me your pillow, Noah!” he said. Caleb grabbed the pillow and shoved it under Danni’s ass, positioning her cunt level with his face. Everyone crowded around to watch Caleb lick Danni’s pussy. Their cocks were ready to burst, it was so exciting! They were going see real sex, up close!

“HOLD IT!” Danni said sternly. Everyone stopped, hoping Danni hadn’t changed her mind. “We can play sex together, just like we do baseball and other stuff, but you guys have to pinky-swear not to tell anyone!”

“Pinky-swear!” every one exclaimed, agreeing to her demand at once. The punishment for breaking a pinky-swear oath was too horrible to contemplate. One by one they hooked pinkies with Danni, looked her in the eyes and said, “I pinky-swear!” Caleb was last. He reached up from his position between her wetness, hooked pinkies with Danni and said, “I pink-pussy-pinky-swear!” and began lapping at Danni’s pussy.

Danni felt his tongue licking her from the bottom of her slit to the top. Electric jolts went through her as his tongue hit her swollen clit. He plunged his tongue deep into her hole and wiggled it.

“Oooohhh!” Dannie moaned, closing her eyes and reveling in the feelings coursing through her. “Mmmm, that feels wonderful, Caleb!” Danni ground her ass against the sleeping bag and humped Caleb’s face with her steaming pussy, pressing her clit against the bridge of his nose. His hot tongue felt so much better than her fingers! She opened her eyes and saw four sets of eyes staring at her and four hard cocks being neglected.

“Someone give me their cock!” Danni groaned, reaching out her hand, “And another pillow.” Danni placed the pillow behind her head and wrapped her hand around one of the offered members. She recognized Noah’s cock and began to stroke it. His pre-cum oozed from his piss-slit and she rubbed it over his thick cock-head, sliding his foreskin back and forth. “Is this how you do it, Noah?” she asked.

“Uh-huh,” he grunted, watching his little sister stroking his hard cock. He stared at her hard, fat nipples. He heard Caleb slurping his sister’s juices. He wondered if he was having another wet dream.

“Let me have your cock too, Justin,” she moaned, seeing her brother on the other side of her, looking sad and left out. She gripped Justin’s cock and began to stroke him off too.

Melanie Melons began to groan loudly in the video. “They are fucking her ass-hole now!” Calvin told everyone. “One dick is in her pussy and one is in her ass-hole at the same time!”

Danni groaned too, wondering what it would be like to have a hard cock in her pussy and her ass and her mouth and in her hands! She wanted to massage her breasts, but both hands were busy. “Someone suck my titties!” she groaned.

Calvin immediately crawled over and latched on to her breast. “I want one too!” Conner said, and pushed everyone out of his way over to begin sucking the other one.

Danni was on fire! She had had good feelings before from rubbing on her pussy and squeezing her breasts, but this was a thousand times better. Her pussy began to tingle, her thighs began to twitch and something big began to happen!

“Unnnhhh! Unnnnhhhh!” she moaned. She felt something wet land on her cheek and looked towards Noah. She felt his cock pulse in her hand and watched huge gob of sperm shoot from his cock and splatter her face. She blinked her eyes and flinched. Another spurt and her pussy began to convulse as Caleb sucked her gash. Her body felt like it was ready to burst with all of the intense, good feelings washing over her. She opened her mouth to moan out loud and saw another spurt erupt from Noah’s cock and felt the wet splash on her lips and tongue. It was salty but tasted good. Another wave crashed over her.

She felt Justin wiggling and heard him groaning too. She watched him orgasm, shaking his body so sweetly as he came. She felt wetness dribbling from Justin’s throbbing cock. She felt Noah’s sperm dribbling down her other arm. Another wave rolled over her.

She saw stars when she closed her eyes and grunted loudly as the boys sucked her titties. Her orgasmic groans drowned out Melanie Mellon’s fake ones. “Nnnnnaaa, nnnnnaaaa, oh, oh, oh, oh!” she moaned, “Aaaaaaahhhhhh-mmmmmm-pppphhhh-fu-fu-fu-FUCK!” Wave after glorious wave washed over her until she fell back weakly, pushing Caleb away from her quivering pussy. The sucking mouths were pulled from her teats and she released both of her brothers’ spent cocks. She curling up into a ball as the tingles in her pussy slowly faded away.

Danni lay there a long while, catching her breath. She finally came to her senses, and feeling the cum on her hands, curiously sniffed and then licked the thick, white goo. “Not bad,” she exclaimed, and licked the remaining sperm from both hands and wrists.

“That was the first time I spermed, Danni,” Justin said, proudly. “Thanks!”

“Cool, Justin, I’m happy for you,” she said, tousling his hair.

“How was it, Danni,” Caleb asked, his face still shining from her juices. For an answer, she sat up, wrapped her arms around him and kissed him sloppily, long and hard. He kissed her back, and they fell to the floor. She gripped his shaft and jacked it impatiently. She was just getting started.

“Can I suck your cock, Caleb?” Danni asked sweetly, knowing what his answer would be.

“Yes, please,” he said.

“Me too!” said Calvin.

“I want my cock sucked!” said Conner.

“Would you suck mine too, Danni?” Noah asked her.

“And mine?” Justin added.

Danni smiled. It was going to be a long, fun night.

To read my other stories, click on my profile at the top of this page, and don’t forget to check out the UndeniableUrges Patreon page for even naughtier stories!

© Copyright Undeniable Urges, 2015 – 2021. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from the author is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Undeniable Urges, with appropriate and specific direction to the original content.

T O N G U E – – T I E D 0 (0)

[URIS id=2678]

Introduction:

Wife finds out hubby cheated so she returns the favor. She finds a young lover with a special talent.

Renata was in a foul mood, although a satisfied smile did curl her lips as she peered at herself in the full-length mirror. She looked damn good, she thought. She knew she had a good body, anybody would. Slim, five-seven, pretty face, glistening shoulder-length black hair, firm not-too-big tits, flat tummy, toned upper body and long, lean legs. She was thirty-nine years old but people often took her for much younger. She knew she was hot.

Her Cleopatra costume showed off her bod tremendously, she thought as she eyed her reflection, which was exactly what she wanted it to do this night. Shiny, metallic crop top, accentuating her sexy cleavage, and its matching headpiece and leggy, slit skirt, and golden sandals. Her bare midriff with sunken navel on full display. Multiple gold bangles on her wrists, and a long, gold asp curled around her upper arm. Cleopatra would be catching eyes like flies tonight. Her husband Owen was dressing up as Mark Antony, but he hadn’t worked too hard on his costume. He looked more like an overage frat boy on his way to a toga party.

Renata and Owen were headed out to a Mardi Gras party, an annual fundraiser hosted by the chief benefactors of a local dance and theater company. It was a popular event that had grown in size and stature over the years, was fun for all concerned, and raised a lot of money in the process. Every year hundreds would purchase tickets and assemble at the estate home of Samuel and Eloise Hollingsworth, a couple of older, wealthy, artsy-fartsy music and theater buffs. The party was first class all the way, and took place at their large Victorian home, the backyard terrace and pool area, and the tented, torch-lit grounds. There was top-notch music, catered food and drink, and the parties were known to be wild and crazy, a final blowout before lent, for those who observed. Guests had been known to let it all hang out, so to speak, and would sometimes do things they might not normally do, and go farther than they might usually go. Part of the reason for that was the simple party rules: All must wear a costume, and all must wear a mask.

They’d anticipated this evening for weeks, but as they dressed and prepared to leave, Renata and Owen were not happy campers. They should have been looking forward to a fun night, dressing up and partying with friends like Leah, her best friend since high school, and Leah’s husband Luke. But Renata was not in the mood to go anywhere with her husband, and she wasn’t interested in seeing Leah anytime soon, either. She was pissed, madder than she could ever recall, but was determined to go and have a good time despite her husband, and didn’t care if he went to the party or not.

The reason Renata was mad was because of something she’d found out the night before, quite by accident. She and Owen were drinking wine and watching a movie on cable. There was a scene where this couple were making love on a beach and a small plane above was flying low and buzzed them over and over as they fucked. And Owen slipped up.

He said, “You remember that time we were lying on the beach and that 747 did that fly-over right above us at like five hundred feet? Shit, scared the hell out of everybody. We thought it was going down.”

Renata didn’t say anything at first, because she didn’t remember any such thing. But she did vaguely recall an incident years before where the beach town had arranged the fly-over as part of a weekend festival but didn’t get confirmation in time to notify the populace. It had frightened everyone and had them running for cover. There was a big public backlash over it, a lot of blame was thrown around. That had to have been twenty years ago. She remembered because she and Owen were engaged at the time and she’d been perturbed that he’d gone away for the weekend without her. Something with his family, he’d said.

“I don’t remember that,” Renata said. “Must have been somebody else.”

Owen immediately knew he’d stepped in it. His brain was wine-fogged, and he tried to cover for his mistake but he only made it worse. As he stammered along and dug his hole deeper, Renata was thinking back to when they were engaged to be married and later as newlyweds. Owen had raised the prospect of them getting into a swinging lifestyle, and Renata had wanted no part of it. He had mentioned that maybe they could swing with Leah and Luke, since they were all good friends. Renata had told him that if he wanted to swap with them, fine, she’d take Leah and he could go fuck Luke. That had shut him up.

“It was Leah, wasn’t it?” Renata said, interrupting Owen’s babbling.. “You were with Leah. You had an affair with her, didn’t you?”

Owen’s reaction left no doubt. He wasn’t getting out of this one. Gradually, it all came out. Through the tears and screams Renata learned that yes, it had been Leah, and it had gone on for some time when Leah and Luke were already married and she and Owen were still engaged. It was not a one-time drunken episode, which might have been forgivable. It had gone on for months and the two of them had kept their secret, and lived their lie, for twenty years. Renata didn’t know who she should be more pissed-off with: Her husband for fucking her best friend, or her best friend for fucking her husband.

“Does Luke know about you two?” she asked.

“I don’t know. I don’t think so.”

“How many other women have you fucked since then?”

“Renata…”

“How many?”

“None. That was the only time. I…”

“Oh, bullshit. Why should I believe that? Cheat once, you’ll cheat again. I’d bet this house it wasn’t the only time. You’ve been lying to me for twenty fucking years.”

“It’s the truth. She was the only one. It was wrong, I’m sorry. It happened by accident…”

“Accident? Oh, shut the fuck up!” she shouted at him. “Was it by accident you did it again and again for months? I don’t want to hear any more of your shit.”

“Renata, calm down…”

“Calm down?” she shrieked. “You fucked my best friend, for Christ’s sake! Do you have any idea how much that hurts? Do you have any idea how many times men have come on to me over the last twenty years? Dozens. Maybe a hundred. And I could have fucked any one of them, or all of them, if I’d wanted to. But I didn’t. Know why? Because I was faithful to my husband. And I thought he was faithful to me. I didn’t know my husband was a cheating, lying sack of shit!”

Renata had gone to bed, slamming doors along the way. Owen slept on the couch. She hadn’t spoken to him since.

Renata looked in the mirror again. Her costume was killer. She brushed her hair and put on the mask. It was gold and covered her forehead, eyes and cheekbones and curled over the tip of her nose. She was applying lip gloss when Mark Antony tapped on the open bedroom door.

“Are you ready to go?” he asked.

“Almost,” she said. “You go on ahead, I’m going to go by myself. I’ll see you there.”

“Honey, please…”

“Don’t, Owen. I don’t want to be around you right now. I need time. I’m very angry at you. You cheated on me, you’ve let me down. If you can’t understand that, and how much it hurts, and give me the space I need, then so be it. But I don’t want to be with you. Not now, not yet.”

Without another word, he left. Renata peered one last time at her image in the mirror. She sighed, took a deep breath, and shook her head. She thought of Leah and Owen, trysting, holding each other in bed, kissing, fucking, sucking, screwing, coming, sneaking behind the backs of her husband and his fiancee for months. And for twenty years she hadn’t had a clue. And over those years they had proven to be pretty good actors, and their secret had been safe. Could she trust either one of them again? If she didn’t know her best friend and husband of twenty years any better than that, could she ever really know anyone?

Renata heard a car horn blow. She pulled the window curtain aside and saw the Yellow Cab in the driveway. Right on time. She locked the door and got into the taxi. She didn’t want to drive tonight. She was mad, feeling vengeful, but loose as a goose, maybe a little reckless, ready to have a good time, ready for whatever. She had no idea what was going to happen tonight. She also had no idea what she’d say to Leah if and when she saw her at the party.

Renata paid the cabbie and got out of the car. The band was already in high gear, the dance music loud and tight. Instead of entering through the front door she walked around the side of the house, opened a gate and followed the walkway to the terrace out back and made a beeline for the bar. After a short wait she ordered two vodka martinis, each with two huge olives. She ate the olives first so she’d have some food in her stomach. The first martini went down in three or four swigs, but she nursed the second.

She stood off to the side and scoped out the scene. The lighting was subdued but she could see the terrace was scattered with tables, quickly filling up. People surrounded the pool as well, although no one was swimming. Beyond the pool, on the vast lawn was a large party tent, under which were more tables, more partiers, and a dance floor full of dancers digging the jams of an eight-piece horn band.

She admired the various costumes as the guests moved around. Some were elaborate, some were simpler, some were just simple. But all wore masks, which added to the intrigue and made a person wonder who was behind each one. There was a werewolf, Dracula and his daughter, Morticia and Gomez, Dorothy and the Scarecrow, a cop, a fireman, Beetlejuice, Herman and Lily Munster, Charlie Chaplin, the Flintstones, Tarzan and Jane, an astronaut. Mostly couples. After a few minutes Elvis Presley, wearing huge tinted glasses covering half his face, walked up and started hitting on her, singing ‘Love Me Tender’. She stopped him mid-verse and told him not to get All Shook Up, but she was a Hard Headed Woman and to please take his Hunk a’ Hunk a’ Burning Love elsewhere.

As Renata sipped her martini, she kept an eye out for a bloody nurse and doctor. They would be her ex-best friend Leah and her husband Luke. If she saw them first, maybe she could avoid a confrontation. If she didn’t, maybe not.

After gazing at all of the costumes and taking it all in for twenty-five minutes or so, her second drink was gone so she went to the bar for one more. The tender had just handed it to her when she heard a familiar voice as she turned to her left.

“Hello, Renata, is that you?” Catwoman said, as Batman handed her a drink.

It was Flo and Joe, a couple who were very active with the theater group. Flo had a part in nearly every production and Joe was involved behind the scenes and directed a show every now and then. There was no doubt it was Flo, despite the cat mask and the painted-on whiskers. Her voice was nasally distinct.

“Yes, hello Flo,” Renata said.“Nice costume.”

“Oh, thank you dear. Yours is quite nice as well,” Flo said.

“Yes, it sure is,” Joe added, with too much enthusiasm. Renata could see his widened pupils in the eye holes of his mask.

“Whoa, down boy,” Flo said. “Or I might have to take you back to the Batcave.”

“Thank you, Joe,” Renata said.

“Where is Owen?” Flo asked.

“He’s here somewhere.”

At that moment Renata glimpsed a bloody doctor and nurse emerging from the back of the house.

“Excuse me,” she said to Flo and Joe, and walked off, across the terrace and past the pool.

Renata wanted to avoid her husband and Leah and Luke if possible. She was angry and did not want to create a scene. She wanted to save her confrontation with Leah for another time. So she headed for the tent to get lost in the crowd, the music and the strobe lights. She wanted to get laid.

Renata knew Owen wasn’t much of a dancer so she wouldn’t have to worry about him hanging around the dance floor, he’d rather hang around the terrace near the two bars. She found a spot next to one of the tiki lamps and soaked up the music while she watched the crowded floor. With her sexy body and her revealing costume glinting in the torchlight and moving gently with the groove, she knew she’d get noticed.

It wasn’t long before guys started hitting on her. The Big Lebowski Dude was first. Not her type, but what the hell, she thought, one dance won’t hurt. She didn’t want to shut him down in case other men were watching. They danced one tune but the Dude’s bathrobe kept coming untied and his gut hung over the front of his shorts. When the song ended Renata thanked him and went back to her spot.

A hockey goalie was next. The uniform was loose and bulky, so she had no idea what his body was like. She hesitated, but went along with it. Again, one song. Then an inebriated Mafia Underboss slurred an invitation and she was about to accept when a female police officer came up and arrested him.

“Please excuse my husband,” she said, and took his hand. “I’ll take him back to the slammer so he won’t bother you anymore. Come on, Charlie.” She cuffed him and led him away.

Renata laughed, as did several people nearby, including The Lone Ranger. She’d noticed The Lone Ranger standing there watching her for a while, checking her out, enjoying the show. She admired his costume in the flickering light. White cowboy hat, black mask over his eyes, gray lace-up shirt with collar and matching pants, red neckerchief, gun belt, boots. He had a good body, too, she could see that, because the clothing was snug and molded to his broad shoulders and lean, athletic frame. She could tell he was younger, by how much she had no idea, but thought so what, what the hell, maybe this is the one, it’s a one-and-done anyway. She caught his eyes staring into hers. It felt like time.

She took three steps and was directly in front him. She leaned in and spoke above the music.

“I like your costume, Kemo Sabe,” she said.

“Thanks. I like yours, too,” he replied. “You look tremendous.”

“Thank you. So, where is Tonto?”

“No Tonto.”

“How about Trigger?”

“Trigger?”

“Your horse.”

“Oh. You mean Silver.”

“That’s right. Sorry. Hi Ho Silver. Trigger was Roy Rogers.”

“I put Silver out to pasture.”

“Ah,” Renata said, looking from side to side. “So. Are you really a ‘lone’ ranger tonight?”

“I’m here by myself, if that’s what you mean.”

“So am I. Wanna dance?”

“Yes,” he said. “I’ve been working up the nerve to ask you.”

“Come on,” she barked. She grabbed his hand and pulled him onto the dance floor.

She took him all the way to the center of the large cluster of dancers. Renata wanted the camouflage of all the bodies around them in case Owen or Leah or Luke happened to come into the tent looking for her.

Now, what she wanted was to do some dirty dancing with this young man in the Lone Ranger suit. And hopefully it would be foreplay.

The Lone Ranger could cut a pretty good rug, Renata thought, and she was moving pretty well herself, too. The band was hot. The rhythm section was tight, the horns were bright, the drummer was in the pocket, and they played a nonstop set, segueing one upbeat dance number into the next, keeping the dancers on the floor. They danced to five soul and Motown hits in a row, bumping butts and grinding groins more and more with each tune, and worked up sticky sweats in the process. Then the band cooled it down and went into a slow blues. It was ‘I’d Rather Go Blind’, apropos for the two of them, both wearing masks and unidentifiable to the other.

Bodies all around them meshed for the slow dance. They stood there for a moment looking at each other. The Ranger’s dick was hard so he wasn’t going to let Cleopatra get away from him. He took her hand and pulled her into his arms. She nestled in close, wrapped her arms around him and their damp garments and flesh melded together.

The song was not a short one. Over six or seven minutes of searing vocals and guitar and sax solos, they danced closely and firmly, cheek to cheek and mask to mask. Her knee slipped between his legs on occasion and gently brushed his balls. He did the same to her, his knees caressing her thighs and teasing her twat. Renata’s breasts pressed into him and she could feel the rigidity of his prick against her navel.

As the song drifted through a long coda, impulsively Renata pressed her lips onto his and kissed him. She didn’t care who might see. He had virile but supple lips that felt good against hers. She liked that. But what came next almost blew her mind.

A moment after the kiss, as the band kicked into an uptempo dance song, he pulled her to him and kissed her hard with open lips. His tongue was like a launched projectile, propelling through her lips and teeth in an instant, and licking the back of her throat. It was big and strong, filled her, and she wrapped her jaws around it and tongued it back as best she could. What a mouthful. French kissing this guy was like sucking cock.

“Wow,” she said.

“Come on,” he said, and took her hand.

They walked off the dance floor and he led her out of the tent and around to the shadows behind the bandstand. In the darkness they kissed again. Renata was somewhat ready for his tongue this time. She tried to head it off at the pass as it slithered in, but it was too big, too long, too strong, so she did her best deepthroat. His hands roamed over her back and butt and she slipped a hand between his legs. The kiss was deep and long, and by the time it ended she was wet with desire.

“I wish there was someplace we could be alone,” she hissed, short of breath.

“I know a place,” he said.

“Where?”

“Come with me.” He took her hand again and led the way.

The property extended another fifty yards behind the big tent. They crossed the lawn quickly into the darkness and came to a small building, maybe the size of a one-car garage. It was bordered by a tall hedge.

“What is this place?” she asked.

“It was a music room. It’s soundproofed. So they could practice their music anytime and not bother anybody.”

“How do you know this?”

“I used to be in a band with their grandson and we used to practice in here. Nothing fancy, but private.”

He opened the unlocked door. The light switch didn’t work, but in the dim residual light from the half-moon and the party across the way they could make out a mostly-empty room with storage boxes stacked and a couple stuffed chairs. Good enough.

“Have you ever fucked with masks on?” she whispered into his ear.

“No,” he said.

“Kiss me.”

He did, another dive bomber, long and hard and wet, scraping along the walls of her mouth and tickling her throat. As they kissed she unbuckled his gunbelt and tore open his pants.

“I want to suck your cock,” she moaned.

She pivoted around and sat on one of the chairs. With his groin in front of her face, she shoved his pants and briefs down to his ankles and latched onto his erection. He was good sized down here too. Without hesitation she fed his cock into her hungry mouth. With one hand cupping his balls and the other palming his right butt, she sucked him like a junkie needing a fix.

In an instant they shifted into high gear. She kneaded his nuts with her wiry fingers, squeezed his tightened butt, and sucked with a vengeance. He helped, holding her head and swinging his cock into her mouth for maximum depth. They fell into a hard, steady rhythm together and in the dark, stark room The Lone Ranger’s ecstatic groans and Cleopatra’s slurpy moans echoed off the bare walls.

He reached down and slipped a hand inside her top and found her bare breast. It was firm and flexible and fit nicely in his hand, and she pushed into it to give him a better feel. The nipple was like hard rubber and she oohed with a mouthful of cock when he pinched it softly between his thumb and forefinger.

She backed off a bit, so that only the head of his cock was in her mouth, and started jerking him with her hand as she continued her power-suck.This lasted only another minute before his midsection quaked and his cock shimmied between her lips. He grunted thunderously with release and he came in a fiery stream.

Renata was amazed at the volume of cum that slung into her mouth. He again had both hands holding her head so there was no escaping. She tasted spears of hot semen, spasm after spasm. She swallowed twice but his slimy seed still coated her tongue and mouth and hung on the back of her throat. He pulled his drippy cock out of her mouth and knelt before her.

He put his mouth against hers, and here it came again, that monstrous tongue, slithering like an electric eel into her slippery, cum-flavored mouth and the top of her throat. She pressured her mouth around it but her jaws wanted to cramp, unaccustomed to such oral callisthenics.

His hands wandered downward and found the open slits in her skirt, and then her drenched panties. He shoved her body back deep in the chair and spread her legs. In the dimness he saw she wore dark panties that contrasted her light skin. He nosed her crotch and sniffed her dewy funk. Nice. He looped her legs over his shoulders and lifted her soaked cunt to his face, pulling her panties aside. He licked her thighs and the softness surrounding her pussy and tasted her pubes. His tongue tickled her labia and he kissed her clit and gave it a long, wet suck. Then he rammed it inside her.

Renata screeched like a car with bad brakes. Jesus, his tongue again, she thought, it’s amazing, filling her cunt like a torpedo in its tube. She felt new pressure on her buttocks from his clenched hands, and in reflex her body tightened up and her pussy walls chomped down on his wet, reaching tongue, as it jabbed her in and out. Goddamn, she thought, as she moaned with each cushiony poke. I’ve had cocks in there that never fucked me this good.

After a couple minutes of relentless tongue-fucking and her hands squeezing the shit out of her own tits, Renata was on the edge of rapture. She didn’t want him to stop but her cauldron was about to boil over. She let out a low-pitched wail when she started to come.

“Oh, God…”

Her body shook wildly. Her pussy unleashed hot, buttery cum that immersed the luscious tongue that filled her. He tasted her tang as he withdrew and it continued its flow onto his lips and chin and the seat of the chair. When her shudders were farther and fewer between he lapped up the leakage on her thighs and rose to kiss her. She sucked his tongue like a cock.

As their mouths frolicked he eased his body up, an uneasy task with his pants and skivvies wrapped around his ankles. Using both feet he was able to get one boot out from the bondage which gave him a little more agility for what was next: Fucking this fine woman. Whoever she is.

His dick was like cured concrete, ready for seconds. He wriggled into position and took her ass in his hands and lifted. One more minor torso adjustment and the angles matched up. He put the head of his dick between her split lips.

“Put me in,” he croaked.

She’d already had it once, with his tongue, strong but pliable, and now she was going to get it again with his cock, long and stiff.

She guided it into her drenched opening and as it filled her twat, his tongue again filled her mouth. He commenced to fucking her. He didn’t hold back.

In a split second she was getting it two ways at once. The slick, leathery tongue sliding into the depths of her mouth, and the thick, hard penis banging in and out of her vagina, worked together. He grunted as he fucked, and Renata moaned with each big push, as her ass was being body-slammed into the chair and the top of her throat was getting plunged.

After a couple minutes of that, The Lone Ranger’s gun was about to go off. He grunted even louder and put some extra oomph into his thrusts, and soon came for a second time. Strings of sperm were jettisoned from the head of his cock, into her. He was dripping sweat when he backed out.

“Damn, that’s good,” he rasped. “Turn around.”

He helped turn her body around, rather roughly, so her knees were on the seat of the chair and she was facing away. He opened her skirt slits and yanked her panties down several inches over her thighs. He spread the cheeks of her ass apart and found her asshole with the tip of his tongue and tickled her rim.

“Oh, My God,” she screeched thinly, short of air.

This was a first for Renata, nobody had ever licked her asshole before. At first she tensed up and pinched it. For several minutes he rimmed her and she moaned into the back of the chair. She could feel the fabric of his eye mask in her asscrack every now and then. Gradually she relaxed, and her unpuckered hole welcomed it, she pushed back, and floated on its feathery bliss. Then, without warning, she felt that big old tongue jet all the way up inside her ass.

“Oh, shit!” she bellowed.

It filled her up in an instant with a wet, cushioned pressure, and as a reflex she squeezed her asshole around it. It felt weird, but wonderful. It went all the way in, then half back out. Again and again. By the time the shock wore off she realized she was being fucked up the ass. By this guy’s big, fucking, magical tongue.

She couldn’t believe the feeling. How erotic it was. How much it was arousing her, and what a turn-on it was that this man was doing it to her. His tongue had been everywhere, she’d had it in all three of her holes, back-to-back-to-back, and it was amazing. He kept at it. She swayed her ass in time. It was almost like a dream. Then she felt the rush.

“Oh God, I’m gonna come…” she blurted.

She came in a torrent. Her ass bucked and her upper body buckled. Her cum sprayed out of her, coating the chair. She kept shaking as she released, slowly abating for a while as her body relaxed. It was an orgasm like she’d never before experienced. That tongue coming in through her rear had pushed her most intense climax ever out of her front.

They detached themselves from the chair and each other and stood up. She hadn’t said much during their encounter because most of the time she had had his tongue or dick in her mouth.

“That was amazing,” she said. “Thank you.”

She was suddenly afraid. What had she done? She wiggled her panties back in place and straightened her scanty costume.

“I gotta go,” she said, and ran out the door.

The Lone Ranger was left standing there with a red hot boner and his pants on the floor wrapped around one foot. Renata didn’t realize until later that she had left her headpiece behind.

A couple hours later, Renata lay in bed alone. After running away, calling a cab, getting home and taking a long, hot shower, cleansing her body all over, in and out, she now was spent. She’d been bad, but after getting over the shocking realization of what she’d done, she felt damn good.

Reading a book or watching TV was out of the question. All she could think about was her liaison earlier that evening. It was brazen, scary, dangerous. But God, it was exciting. Now she was sorry she’d run out. Her brain was abuzz thinking about it, reliving it. His tongue, that fierce prowler, in her mouth, her pussy, her asshole, like an electric magnet, pulling orgasms out of her like she’d never had before. No man had ever made her come like that, her body out of her control, quivering, melting like heated jelly. It was almost like she’d watched it from above, out-of-body. She shivered, almost came again thinking about it.

Who was that masked man?

Owen came home from the party late to a dark house. He slept on the couch again. In the morning he woke to the sound and aroma of Renata brewing coffee. He went into the kitchen and attempted to make conversation.

“Good morning,” he said cheerfully.

“Good morning,” she said blandly, her back against the counter. She was barefoot and wore a heavy terry cloth robe, her black hair shiny-wet from a shower.

“I didn’t see you at the party.”

“Yeah, well I wasn’t in much of a mood to be a social butterfly. I didn’t stay that long.”

“Oh.”

The silence was blaring for a long, awkward moment.

“I fucked a guy,” she said, and let it hang there.

Owen stared at her, speechless, mouth agape, unsure of what to say because nothing he could say would make things better.

“You fucked a guy,” he finally uttered. “Are you serious?”

Renata nodded.

“Who?”

“The Lone Ranger.”

“The Lone Ranger? Come on Renata, this is not funny. Who was it?”

“I have no idea.”

“You have no idea?” he gabbled, almost spitting. “How can you have no idea?”

“It was dark,” she said. “We had masks on.”

Owen had to lean on the back of a chair for support. “You had masks on.”

“Yeah. I’d never done it with masks on before. It was very erotic. He had a big dick. I swallowed and I came twice.”

He sat there light-headed, in a daze. He’d come into the kitchen hoping to start the process of bridging the gap that had opened between them, but instead the gap was widening before his eyes.

“Why are you telling me this?” he asked.

“Oh, I don’t know. Maybe because I wouldn’t want it to slip out accidentally twenty years from now. In case we’re still together.”

Owen sat there shaking his head. He didn’t know what to say, and even if he did he knew this wasn’t the time to say it. They didn’t talk much longer. Renata asked him to go live someplace else for a while, she needed her space. He didn’t fuss about it.

Later that morning Leah called. Renata let it go to voicemail and listened to the message. It was ‘Hey, Renata, sorry we missed you at the party, it was a blast, hope everything is all right, blah blah blah’. Renata knew Leah well and could tell by the message that she had no clue her twenty-year secret was out. She also knew Leah would call again.

And she did. After their initial hellos, Renata let her have it. She told her no, she didn’t want to see her at the party, and she didn’t want to see Owen, and if she’d seen either one of you, there would have been a major scene. Because now she knew all about the affair Leah had with Owen and their lies and play-acting and twenty-year cover-up, and she couldn’t believe what a cheating sleazeball Owen had been and what a lying, back-stabbing cunt Leah had been to have an affair with him, fucking over her husband and her best friend simultaneously, and if she had seen her and Owen at the party every guest at that party would know about their lurid treachery.

Leah had started crying halfway through the tirade. When she did finally speak there were no denials.

“I’m so sorry,” she repeated several times between sobs.

“You’re sorry?” Renata sniffed. “Must be easy to be sorry after lying about it for twenty years. “Does Luke know about this?”

“No,” Leah said softly. “Are you going to tell him?”

“I don’t know,” Renata said. “I could tell him. Or I could fuck him. Which would you prefer?”

“Oh, Renata please…”

“It’s up to you. Let me know what you decide.”

Renata ended the call. She had no intention of telling Luke, and she sure as hell had no interest in fucking him. But at least it would give Leah a little well-earned angst.

Renata and Owen had never had children. They’d assumed they would someday become parents, but they were young when they married and decided to wait until they were older to have kids.

They had watched from the sidelines as most of their friends had children, including Leah and Luke, who had a son and a daughter. They also witnessed from afar all of the problems and difficulties their friends had with those kids, and how worn out they seemed from dealing with them. Health problems, behavioral problems, troubles at school, drugs and alcohol, the expenses, and the stress that comes with all of it. By the time they were thirty they were pretty sure they didn’t want the headaches.

One time they were seated on a bench at a mall waiting to enter the cinema for a matinee, when a young couple walked by. Dad was holding the hand of a toddler as they scuffled along beside Mom, who was pushing a stroller with a wailing baby in it. They didn’t look like they were enjoying themselves. Renata and Owen looked at each other, shaking their heads.

“Can you see us doing that?” Renata asked.

“No fucking way,” Owen replied.

They never second-guessed themselves after that. Now, years later, Renata had reached what she believed was a crossroad in her life and marriage. She was glad there were no children to complicate the situation, or be hurt by it.

Over the next couple days, Renata couldn’t get it out of her mind. The Lone Ranger. The sex. The tongue, the taste of it, the feel of it inside her. The orgasms, oh oh oh, the orgasms. Was it possible to be addicted to something after only having it once? She didn’t know the answer to that question, but she knew one thing for sure: She wanted more of it. She needed more of it.

Why had she run away scared? What was she afraid of, after the best sex she’d ever had? Afraid of being caught? Afraid of being embarrassed, or ashamed? She’d made it happen, it was no accident. Was it really the best she’d ever had, or was it the danger, the recklessness, her first new man in twenty years, that made it so intense? She thought about it constantly, while eating breakfast, driving the car, working out, while at work, or lying in bed stroking herself. She decided yes, it was the best she’d ever had. It was his goddamn tongue. It’s like the guy has two cocks.

But she’d run off. And now, how was she going to find him? And did he want to find her?

Ends up he did.

Renata wondered how she could find out who he was and try to contact him. She couldn’t call around to people who were at the party. That would be a crapshoot at best and might not look so good. She could run an ad in the local newspaper, but nobody reads the paper anymore. And an ad could attract all kinds of crackpots.

She searched online for ways to find somebody if you didn’t know their name or anything else about them. She found the names of some websites where there were postings of people looking for people. Missed Connections, they called it. Maybe that would work.

First, she went out and bought a disposable phone. She didn’t want to risk releasing her real number out into cyberspace. Too many wackos out there. Then she composed her message. It read:

CLEOPATRA IN SEARCH OF THE LONE RANGER

WE DANCED TO THE MUSIC AT THE MARDI GRAS PARTY, THEN MADE MUSIC OF OUR OWN

LET’S RIDE AGAIN

CALL OR TEXT

123-555-7890

She posted it on four different popular sites and hoped for the best. She kept her burner phone with her all the time, charged up and powered on.

Renata had some responses almost immediately, all texts. They were all fakes, guys having fun or hoping to get lucky. There was Zorro, Billy the Kid, Wyatt Earp, as well as a couple of Lone Rangers trying to bluff their way along. On the fourth night her phone buzzed and they connected.

–HELLO. LONE RANGER HERE IN SEARCH OF CLEOPATRA, the text message read.

Renata stared at it in disbelief for a moment and felt a nervous chill. She responded with:

–HI KEMO SABE. IS IT REALLY YOU?

–YES REALLY ME

–HOW DO I KNOW 4 SURE? I’VE HEARD FROM SOME KOOKS

–YOU KISSED ME RIGHT AFTER ‘I’D RATHER GO BLIND’. THEN WE HAD SEX ON A CHAIR IN THE MUSIC ROOM. I HAVE YOUR HEADPIECE TO PROVE IT.

–AH YES. GLAD I FOUND YOU

–ME TOO. WHY DID U RUN OUT?

–SCARED. I NEVER DID ANYTHING LIKE THAT BEFORE

–ME NEITHER

–CAN WE MEET? START OVER

–SURE. OR WE CAN PICK UP WHERE WE LEFT OFF. IT WAS WONDERFUL.

–YES IT WAS.

They’d both been thinking about that night, about each other. They agreed to meet the following Saturday, 3 p.m. at a bench in the back of the old cemetery behind the abandoned stone church next to the Civic Park. It was nearby, quiet and private. They would meet with masks on, keep the intrigue a little longer, and they would unmask together, and depending on how well the meeting went, perhaps they would make a night of it.

Renata had difficulty deciding on how to dress for her meeting with the young man. He’d already seen and had all of her, so there was no sense being coy. But she didn’t want to look like a tramp, either. She decided on a yellow print sundress because it contrasted her jet black hair and tanned skin, and it was belted with a thin sash that when tightened would hug her slim waist and show off her ass. She wore the same citrus perfume and bangles she’d worn at the party. She debated whether or not to wear her wedding ring too. It hadn’t bothered him then, so it shouldn’t bother him now, but she took it off. There was a tan line around her finger.

Saturday afternoon was pleasant and partly sunny, cool but comfortable for a date on a bench. She arrived plenty early, she wanted to see him coming. She drove her car all the way to the back of the large cemetery and parked on the lane about fifty feet from the bench. She got out of the car with only her mask. The site was as she remembered: Wooden bench facing the pond, with privacy provided by dogwood trees on three sides. If anybody was approaching, she’d hear them coming. She sat on the bench, carefully put on her mask, and waited.

She reminisced as she gazed out at the pond. Years ago, she would sometimes jog through the cemetery and pass this very spot and appreciate the view and the solitude. Other times she and Owen would bring their dog Chip out here, and Owen would throw a tennis ball as far as he could out into the pond and Chip would dive into the water, swim out and fetch it with his mouth and swim back and drop it at their feet, over and over again.

Right on time, she turned to see a small, black pickup truck approaching. The truck pulled over about ten feet from Renata’s car. The driver’s door opened and the man got out and stood there a moment with his mask on, before he started walking toward her. She stood up in front of the bench. As he approached she took an admiring look at his broad shoulders and tapered, athletic body, dressed in jeans and a golf shirt.

They said tentative hellos. It was a bit awkward at first. Renata thought, how do we introduce ourselves? We’re not at a costume party this time. Where do we begin? It would be kind of stupid to shake hands after I’ve already fucked the guy. They sat at opposite ends of the bench. Fortunately, he broke the ice.

“You left this behind when you ran out,” he said, and handed her the headpiece from her Cleopatra costume. “It was on the chair.”

“Thank you,” she said. “Sorry I ran away.”

“It’s okay,” he said, and paused. Then: “Can I ask a favor of you?”

“Sure.” It was all she could think to say.

“May I kiss you before we take off our masks?”

This caught Renata off guard. Her brain zoomed back to their kissing at the party, and how hot it was, the feel, the potency, the passion of it. She nodded.

He moved closer and put one arm around her back. Her mouth was already open by the time their lips touched. The kiss was soft at first, but then, as much as she anticipated it, she was still surprised by it. By the size of it, the power of it, the taste of it. It was just as she remembered, like an explosion thrusting in, filling her up, entering her throat, a total mouthfuck.

It was like no time had elapsed since their togetherness at the party. She was instantly back in that music room. She was sucking his tongue, his strong arm was around her, pulling her close, she had a hand on his thigh, she was ready to get wet. It was not a short kiss, but it still ended too soon.

“Wow,” Renata said.

“Nice way to start off, don’t ya think?” he said.

She nodded. “You’re a magnificent kisser. Your tongue is…amazing.”

He grinned. “My secret weapon.”

He stuck out his tongue for her. It was enormous, wide in back and long and tapered. He flicked his chin with its tip.

“Oh My God,” Renata exclaimed. “No wonder…”

“No wonder what?”

“No wonder… Uh, let’s just say I’m glad you know how to use what you got.”

“Thank you. Can we take off these masks now?”

“Yes, let’s.”

They looked out at the pond and removed their masks. Then they turned to again face each other.

Renata’s heart rate about bottomed out. She looked at his handsome, young face, and it looked familiar. The light brown hair, the blue eyes, the high cheekbones, the prominent jaw, the winning smile.

“Dylan?” she croaked.

“Miss Renata?” he said.

Oh God, it’s him. It had been years since she’d seen him. A chill ran through Renata’s body. This young man sitting next to her, the guy with the magic tongue, who had already fucked her six ways from Sunday and sent her to a carnal paradise she’d never been to before and never knew existed, was Leah’s and Luke’s twenty year-old son.

“Oh My God! What have I done?” Renata cried, with a look of fear on her face.

“What do you mean?” Dylan asked.

“You must think I’m some kind of slut.”

“I do not. I think you’re beautiful, and sexy, and a hell of a dancer, too.”

“Oh please. A married woman going off with a young man half my age at that party? I don’t know what came over me. Really, I never did anything like that before. It’s just…”

“What?”

“I was upset. I found out my husband had been unfaithful. I was angry and vengeful. I went a little crazy, I guess.” She looked at him with leaky eyes. “Your mother would kill me if she knew what we’ve done.”

“Hell, she’d kill me too, probably,” he said. “Not to mention your husband.” He gently rubbed her ring finger between his thumb and forefinger, where her ring had been, letting her know he noticed. “I’m glad about one thing, though.”

“Yeah, what’s that?”

Dylan took her hand into his and held it. “I’m glad you went a little crazy. We both did. And it was good. And here we are.”

“Oh, I don’t know, Dylan. This changes things.”

“Why Miss, uh Renata. And how?”

“Your mother is an old friend of mine. I’m old enough to be your mother!”

“So what. Age didn’t matter when I was the Lone Ranger. But it does now?”

“It’s not that. It’s just, it complicates things.”

“Look, Renata. Think about this for a minute. Think about why we are here, sitting on this bench right now. Think about what happened between us, and how incredible it was. And the effort you put out to find me. Why did you do that? And I responded, I was excited as hell when I saw your post. Why did I do that? And we arranged this meeting, to see each other again, and take our masks off, and be together again, and here we are. Why did we do that?”

“I know,” she said, but she was shaking her head.

“We did all that because we both wanted it to happen again. We don’t want it to be over. Because it was special and we both know it. Don’t run away again.”

“I don’t know,” she said. She pulled her hand out of his and picked up her headpiece from the bench seat. “I have to think. I’m sorry, Dylan.”

She stood up, then he did too. She kissed him daintily on his cheek, not wanting to risk seduction by tongue. They walked to the cars.

“You have my number,” Dylan said.

She got in behind the wheel.

“You smell great, by the way,” he said. “It turned me on the first time, and it’s turning me on now.”

“Thank you,” she said, happy that he noticed. She started the car and drove away.

He knew that he would be hearing from her.

Dylan thought about following her, but didn’t want to freak her out. He thought he’d text her later just to say good night, or something like that. To put her at ease, and to show her he cared and wanted to see her again. He now had no plans for the rest of the day, but he would keep his cellphone handy. He wanted her.

Renata was all wound up and confused. She felt silly that she’d gone to the trouble to find and connect with a twenty year-old boy, embarrassed that the boy was her friend’s son, and disappointed that they wouldn’t be continuing what they’d started in the music room. Her highest hope had been that she and her mystery man would meet at the bench, hit it off in a hurry and end up in bed.

Within ten minutes she regretted running off again. Ten minutes after that she thought it was for the best. She’d love to have that boy’s tongue deep into all her holes again, and come again like she’d come before, but wasn’t her life fucked up enough right now? Pissed at her husband and pissed at Leah, her marriage and a friendship possibly coming to bitter ends. Did she really need to be fucking Leah’s son too, and adding that to the mix?

She kept a gym bag with workout clothes in the trunk of her car. She needed to burn off some energy and the stress she was feeling. She drove to the health club and rode an exercise bike like a madwoman for nearly an hour. The whole time riding she thought about Dylan, the pros and cons, and relived what had happened between them for the umpteenth time. She pedaled as hard as she could, in a trance, and streams of sweat flowed on her forehead, face, neck and arms. The sweat burned her eyes, so she closed them, and saw Dylan’s tongue, the dirty enchantment of it, the slippery maneuvers of it in her mouth, her throat, her pussy, her ass, and she pedaled harder still until, without warning her body convulsed, her legs jellified and slowed, and she came.

Cold goose flesh covered her sweaty arms. She shivered uncontrollably as her pussy released, and held on tight to the handlebars so she didn’t fall off the bike. Her orgasm was a detonation on the same scale of the ones she’d had with Dylan. And this time just thinking about that tongue had done it. Her cum blew out of her, soaking her gray workout pants. There was a wet stain the size of a cantaloupe in the crotch of her pants, which were attached like cellophane to her soppy cameltoe.

Fortunately, the club was almost empty, so after wiping down the machine she held her towel in front of her and walked to the locker room. She took a long shower and scoured herself clean while thinking about her bike ride and its volcanic conclusion, about Dylan, about herself, about Dylan and her together, and she now knew the pros outnumbered the cons.

She got home around six and uncorked a bottle of white wine. Clean as a whistle and horny as hell. She wasn’t really hungry but she knew she should eat, so she chopped up some celery, carrots and cukes, added some stuffed olives and put together a veggie tray. She was careful with the knife as she worked because her mind was elsewhere. It was on Dylan. She wanted him.

Renata picked up the tray, her wineglass and the burner phone and carried them into the living room and set them on the coffee table in front of the sectional sofa. She sat down and picked up the phone. She called Dylan and he picked right up.

“Hi, it’s Renata.”

“I know who it is.”

“I’m sorry I ran off. I won’t do it again.”

“Again. Really?”

“I won’t. I promise.”

“Okay, that’s good. Third time’s a charm, huh?”

“Are you busy tonight?” Renata cringed when she asked.

“Nope. Been hoping you would call.”

“Would you like to come over?” she asked.

He said yes, of course he would. She gave him the address and asked him his ETA. He said about an hour, is that okay? She said she’d be waiting. He said he couldn’t wait, could he bring anything? Just yourself, she said, and they ended the call. Dylan wanted to get a shower and a change of clothes before he went over. Renata sprayed some more of the scent Dylan liked so much on her neck and shoulders, and a little between her thighs too, for when we went down there. She put on a cream-colored off-shoulder sweater dress–something that would come off easily–with nothing underneath but a thong. Then she put on some music and munched vegetables as she waited.

Renata heard footsteps outside, then the doorbell ring. She was excited as hell and scared to death. Excited about what was about to happen, and afraid of what she might be getting herself into. But she was ready for both.

She opened the door and let him in. He looked adorable, good enough to eat. She closed and locked the door and flipped off the porch light, an unsubtle signal that he wasn’t leaving tonight. She turned to face him and Dylan immediately took her into his arms.

He wasn’t holding back. His lips made a beeline for hers. Renata felt the size and strength of his tongue take over her mouth and sucked it in. She put her arms around him and dug her nails into his back. They kissed like they hadn’t seen each other for years, not hours. He put his hands on her buttocks, pulled her as tight as he could and lifted her, feeling the soft pressure of her breasts against his chest. With a reflexive hop, Renata looped her legs around him and locked her ankles.

He backed her up so her back was to the wall, then pressed his body hard against hers. Their mouths were in overdrive, she could feel the drywall hard against the back of her head and his cock hard against her eager beaver. Pretty soon he was dry-humping her.

“Where’s the bedroom?” he gasped.

“Down the hall,” she said, with spittle on her chin. “Last door.”

He put her down and picked her up, one arm behind her back, the other under her knees.

“No more doing it in a chair for us,” he said, and carried her down the hallway.

There was a nightlight in the bedroom so he could see his way around. He laid her on the bed, kicked off his shoes and started unbuttoning his shirt. Renata sat up and started working on his pants. While she did that, he pulled her dress off over her head. Once naked, he fell on the bed, pulled her beside him, and continued what they’d started in the foyer.

They picked up where they’d left off, with a long mouth-pounding kiss. Dylan had one arm around her neck and his other hand roamed over her tits and stomach. Renata stroked his cock.

Soon Dylan’s mouth headed south, covering her with kisses on her neck and shoulders and breasts, and teasing her stiff nipples with whisks from his titillated tongue. He did this for some time and Renata squirmed in response, her fingers interlocked in his hair. Then she brayed like a zebra when he sucked one of those chunky nipples into his mouth. Now her arms were flailing at her sides. His mouth went from nipple to nipple and back and forth, sucking like a starved infant.

Dylan wanted to pace himself, make it last. He backed off her titties and let his tongue do some walking. Over her breasts, her stomach, her belly button. He went lower, getting her hot with anticipation, before moving his head back up, gently kissing her neck, then her lips.

“Damn, you smell good,” he said.

“God, Boy, if you only knew what you do to me.”

“You’re doing it to me, too.”

“Can I tell you something?” she said. He nodded. “Today, after I left you, I was all mixed up. As soon as I left you, I was sorry I did. Then I wasn’t sorry. I went back and forth. I was all keyed up. So I went to the gym to exercise, you know, work it off. I rode a bike harder than I ever had before. I rode for almost an hour, trying to make up my mind, thinking about you. About kissing you, and about what we did in that music room, and the feeling of your tongue inside me, and how spontaneous and beautiful and raunchy it all was. And I had an orgasm. A huge orgasm, just like the ones I had with you in the music room. Right there in the middle of the gym, which thankfully was pretty empty. I’ve never had orgasms like this before, Dylan.”

“Wow. Thanks for telling me. I love a story with a happy ending. And I’m going to make a bold prediction, right now.” He kissed the tip of her nose.

“Oh yeah? What’s that?” Renata asked, chuckling.

“Your next orgasm is going to be in my face.”

“Oh, bless you,” she laughed. But she wasn’t laughing for long.

“Damn, you smell good,” he said, as he whipped off her thong and threw it aside. Then he buried his face in her snatch.

Feeling his wiggly tongue worm into her pussy made her squeal like she’d been jabbed with a hot poker. There it was again, snaking around inside her, touching every nook, every pore, every animal inch of her, turning her twat into pudding. Her body twitched impulsively, it felt too good, she loved it, craved it, but almost couldn’t stand it and wanted to come, come, just come now. She was pushing her cunt in his face at a fever pitch.

She was soon to come. Her cunt was a marshland, and hugged his tongue as it jetted inward and outward and she ground her mound into his face. As promised, his face was plastered to her crotch and his upper lip half-wrapped around her puffy clit when she unloaded. Renata shrieked, and shook, and moaned, unh, unh, unh, unh, as if pushing a baby out of her womb.

Dylan’s tongue felt the flood first. He pulled back and let the ooze come forth, into his face, dripping onto his neck and the bed. Moments later, with her body still receding to a relaxed state, his body rose atop her. His cock was swollen and hard and stretched to its max, and he needed to put it to good use, and take advantage of her ravenous, saturated cunt. He slipped it in with zero resistance, like hot knife into cream cheese. And he fucked her, slammed his groin into hers, banged her over and over and they grunted in harmony, until his seed raced into her.

He collapsed on the bed beside her, held her, kissed her. They basked in the afterstink of hard love.

“Oh, God,” she said, after a few minutes.

“Wow,” he said.

“You drain me. And I’m hungry. Are you?”

“Yup.”

“Let’s go find something to eat.”

Dylan put on his pants and Renata threw on a robe. They went to the kitchen to whip up some food.

“You really screwed up, Owen,” Leah said.

“I know,” he said.

It was early Saturday evening. Leah and Owen were seated at a table in the back of an out-of-the-way tavern where they had met for drinks to discuss their sticky situation. Luke was away with some pals for a golf weekend.

“After all this time. How did it happen?” she asked.

“Remember that time we were at the beach and that jumbo jet flew over really low, directly above us?”

“Of course.”

“Well, Renata and I were watching this movie on TV. And in this movie, a couple was fucking on the beach and this plane flies over them, really low, buzzing them and shit, not a big jet, but a small plane. And it triggered the memory of us, and I don’t know, I had a brain fart. I just remembered it and said without thinking, hey remember that time we were on the beach and the 747 flew over and scared the shit out of us? It was that quick. I was hoping she’d missed it, or would let it go, but she didn’t, she caught right on. I tried to bluff my way out of it but I was too late, she wasn’t buying it.

“Does she think that was the only time?”

“She knows it went on for a while.”

“No, I mean does she think that affair was the only one and it was over after that?”

That’s what I told her, but she didn’t buy it. She’s suspicious.”

“Oh, great.”

“She’s not dumb, Leah. I slipped up on this, yes. But she doesn’t have any proof of what’s happened since then.”

“You mean until you slip up again?” she said. “Do you realize what might happen if Luke found out? She’s pissed! She could tell him and hell, we all could be headed for divorce.”

“I’m sorry. Believe me.”

“You have any idea when she’ll be ready to talk to you again? Or me?”

“No. Not anytime soon, I don’t think.”

They talked over two drinks but didn’t resolve anything. They knew they had a mess on their hands. When they left the place, Owen tried to hold her and kiss her goodbye but Leah wasn’t having it. “Not a good time,” she’d said.

A little later Owen drove slowly past his house. It was Saturday night and he was curious. He saw a small pickup parked in the driveway and his heart sank. He wondered who owned that truck and if he was in there fucking his wife.

Renata and Dylan ate grilled cheese sandwiches and the veggies, and drank the wine. The quick meal sated their appetite for food, but not for each other. Back in the bedroom, he had barely gotten his pants down before she had his cock in her mouth.

Dylan liked that. The last thing they had done before eating was fuck. And now she was sucking it, right after it had been inside her. The girls he’d been with, younger of course, wouldn’t do that. Maybe it’s a maturity thing, he didn’t know, but it was a definite turn-on. He thought back to their time in the music room, the way he’d held her head, fucked her mouth and throat. He did it again, gave it his all, and she took it, sucked it, throated it. He swung it into her, not lightly. He felt her fingernails digging into the crack of his ass as he pumped her face. He always thought his mother’s friend was attractive, but he’d never imagined she could suck cock like this.

He was balls to lips when he came. He groaned like a jilted croc when he released. She backed off some and he felt a short drag of teeth along the bottom of his shaft, helping it along. Six spasms later he shot the last of his cum into her mouth. They collapsed on the bed.

They kissed, their tongues played in the remnants of his cum. Her robe was still loosely tied so he opened it, ran his fingers gently over her upper body: her arms and shoulders, her neck and stomach, her breasts and bulging nipples. He kissed her neck, her ear, her breast.

They rested briefly. “Is there anything I can do? That you want?” he asked.

Her eyes bore into his in the dim light. Nothing was said for a long moment as Renata weighed her answer.

“Yes,” she finally said, licking her lips. “My ass. Could you do that again? What you did before?”

He kissed her lips and told her to sit up. He opened her robe and she wiggled out of it

“Roll over,” he said. “On your belly.”

Dylan stared at that perfect ass. He kissed it all over and traced his tongue along her crack. Renata oohed with delight. He spread her cheeks and licked her rim, and she leaned her butt into his face. When he finally jammed his tongue into her asshole she almost screamed, and he plunged it in over and over. He fucked her ass with his tongue for a few minutes until she squirted onto the bed, creating a puddle that they would cover with a bath towel before they fell asleep.

They slept like rocks. In the morning they woke with smiles, and did most everything again, plus Renata got Dylan’s dick up her ass for the first time. Before he left her house, she made sure he had her real phone number. She wouldn’t need to hide behind the burner phone any longer.

Their affair was in full swing after that night. They quickly eased into a twice-weekly arrangement, usually Tuesdays and Fridays. Tuesday evenings they’d go around the world for a couple hours, then Dylan would leave. They both had to go to work Wednesday morning. But Fridays would be a sleepover, and Renata would get a double dose, in the evening and then again in the morning. She was usually sore for a day or two after Saturday morning. This went on for weeks.

Renata told herself it was crazy. She wrestled with the whole idea of it. She thought, I’m screwing a kid half my age, I’m old enough to be his mother, I was in college when he was born, there’s no future in it, what the hell am I doing, but it was no use. It was magic in bed, so what the hell. She’d never had sex like this, never ever before had she used her body so athletically in a quest for pleasure. How could she? She never knew it was possible.

She hadn’t had much contact with Owen, though he’d called her a number of times. He wanted to reconcile but she just put him off. She didn’t miss him, in fact she was pretty sure she didn’t want him back. What she wanted was what she now had, the intense, volcanic, multiple orgasms she was enjoying, orgasms like she never knew could happen.

Owen was watching her. He’d drive by the house evenings and weekends, curious what his wife was up to and who she was seeing. He saw the same truck in the driveway at various times, and from down the street watched a young man leave the house one Saturday morning. He’d spent the night. The next time Owen spoke to Renata he mentioned it casually. What, are you stalking me?, she’d said. He said no, he was just driving by. Kind of young, isn’t he? Old enough, and good enough, and by the way, you’re free to go fuck whomever you want, don’t let me stop you, she said. Then she asked him if he recognized him, and Owen said no, and she told him to take a better look next time. She knew if he figured out it was Dylan he would certainly tell Leah, and the shit would hit the fan. Or the fun would begin, depending how you looked at it.

It was very early one Saturday morning, post-dawn sunlight was just beginning to filter through the bedroom windows. Renata awoke and lay in repose. Dylan was lying on his back beside her, breathing deeply in sleep. She looked at the silhouette of his head as the gentle light settled on his handsome young face. And then suddenly, as she admired the image before her, it dawned on her, like a brutal flash of lightning. She felt a chilly tingle run up her spine. How had she not noticed it before now? The slight slope of his forehead, the imperceptible flare of the nostrils, his high cheekbones, the curvature of his upper lip.

She reached over to the nightstand on her side of the bed and carefully opened the top drawer. She found small scissors there, and turned back to Dylan. She clipped a few strands of his hair, which was longish on the sides. She wrapped the hairs in a tissue, folded it up and put it in the drawer and closed it quietly. She turned back to Dylan, pulled the sheet that covered him. His dick was hard, like many healthy young men first thing in the morning. She sucked him awake.

Later that morning Renata opened the medicine cabinet above the sink that had been Owen’s in the master bathroom. Owen had left a comb on the bottom shelf that had a few of his hairs hanging onto it. She wrapped those in a tissue. She placed both tissues in plastic baggies, and labeled them.

Dylan called Renata to tell her he’d be a couple hours late for their regular Tuesday-nighter.

Dylan and his friend Joey, and Joey’s uncle Don, owned a very profitable small business doing home improvements and subcontract work for builders. Roofing, siding, carpentry, drywall, windows, flooring, whatever. They were talented and reliable and the business had flourished. They had six other employees and had multiple jobs going at any given time. One big job was almost done and they had to knock it out tonight.

“Whenever you get here is fine with me, I’ll be waiting.” Renata said. “But you might disappoint my husband. He’s parked down the street, watching. He’s in a white Camry. Sticks out like a sore thumb. Hurry home.”

“I will,” he said.

Later, Dylan drove slowly down the street to Renata’s house. The white Camry was still there. He could make out Owen’s profile; he was looking through binoculars. He drove past the car and pulled into the driveway. He didn’t have to knock, he went right in.

Inside, he kissed Renata and said, “He’s still there. He’s got binoculars.”

“What a creep,” she said. “Wanna give him a show?”

He laughed. “Sure.”

They went into the bedroom. The window closest to the front of the house was directly visible from the Camry. Renata turned on a table lamp and opened the curtains. She stood there in plain view, and pulled Dylan to her and they kissed. A long, hard tonguefuck.

“Do me up against the window,” she whispered.

She unbuttoned his shirt while he unbuttoned hers, then they tossed them on the floor. They kissed while they unbuckled and unzipped and their britches dropped. She turned to face the window and leaned against it.

“Do me from behind,” she said.

He knew what she wanted. She smelled great as usual, fresh from a shower. He knelt behind her and his tongue did some ass-diving. Her body was up against the pane. Her tits smudged the window as they raised and lowered with each stab of his tongue.

Owen’s field glasses were zoomed in, and focused. He had a clean, tight shot in the soft light. His wife was naked, facing him with her arms splayed, moving up and down against the glass with a look of bliss on her face. But where was he, what was he doing?

He got his answer soon enough. He saw the guy rise behind her, his nude body flush against the back of her. His arms came around to the front of her and his large hands cupped her breasts. Her body soon started jolting upward, over and over, against the window as the guy fucked her from behind.

Owen zoomed in tighter on the kid’s face. He looked familiar. ‘Oh My God’ he said aloud to himself when he realized who he was. After several more minutes watching his wife being fucked, her body shuddered, and a huge smile came to her face. He watched as their bodies detached. Then she waved to him for a moment, before turning her hand around and giving him the finger. She was kissing Dylan as the curtain closed.

“I think your husband figured out who I am,” Dylan said, three days later. “The binoculars must have done the trick.”

“Really?” Renata asked. “How do you know?”

“My mother called me and gave me a raft of shit.”

“Ah. I see.”

“I had to hang up on her after about ten minutes. She was pissed.”

Renata thought of about a hundred things she could have said about Leah, but she kept her thoughts to herself.

“It’s a relief, in a way,” he added. “No more secrets.”

But of course there were.

Two weeks later, Renata called Owen and said she wanted to meet with him, we need to talk. He readily agreed. He thought finally, she’s come to her senses, no more wild fucking, it’s time to make amends, regroup and put all this behind us.

They met at a coffee shop they’d been to many, many times over the years. It was neutral territory, a comfort zone for both. At least that’s what Owen thought going in.

Renata was there when Owen arrived. She was seated at a side table with a cup of tea in front of her. She waved him over. He sat down facing her. She did not waste time with small talk or beat around the bush.

“See that woman at the end of the counter?” she said, with a nod in that direction.

They looked at the slim, fifty-something, gray-haired woman, sharply dressed in a navy business suit. She waved at them.

“Yes.”

“She’s my attorney,” Renata said, and picked up two manilla folders from her satchel on the floor. She slid one across the table. “And these are divorce papers. Everything is in order. All the documents are there, including my attorney’s business card. Any future contact is to go through her.”

She put the second folder on top of the first.

“In this folder are the results of a DNA test that proves beyond all doubt that you are the biological father of Leah’s son, Dylan.”

Owen sat there dumbstruck, like a deer in the headlights, shaking his head.

“Yep, you are Dylan’s daddy. I can’t believe you two haven’t at least suspected that this could be true, over lo, these many years. I’ll let you relay the good news to Leah, in case she doesn’t already know. I’m sure she’ll want to know it’s official.

“How did you do this?” he mumbled.

“It’s all in the file,” she said. She picked up her bag from the floor, and rose from her chair. “I’ll let Dylan’s parents tell him, it’s not my place to do so. I don’t know how he’ll take the news. You know, since his Daddy was spying on him with binoculars, and everything. And don’t forget Luke. I’m sure he’ll be tickled. Gotta go.”

Renata and her attorney walked out together.

Dylan was estranged from his parents, but that didn’t slow him down. He kept sticking his tongue and dick into Renata every chance he got. After a couple months she asked him to move in. She liked having a talented craftsman around the old house, someone who could repair anything that broke or needed attention, who was handy whether it was inside the house, outside the house, or of course, in the bedroom.

The divorce proceeded smoothly. The attorneys for both sides already knew each other and worked together well. Renata was getting the house, half of the IRA and a sizable chunk of cash.

Six months later, it came time to finalize the divorce. The settlement was held in a conference room at the firm of Renata’s lawyer. When they gathered around the table it was obvious to all that Renata was very visibly pregnant.

The procedure went smoothly. The attorneys conducted the signings quickly and efficiently. All papers were ready and they were done in twenty minutes. They were waiting for copies when some small talk was attempted.

“When are you due?” Owen asked.

“A couple months,” Renata said.

“What does Dylan think?”

“He is ecstatic. He’s going to have a little boy. Your grandson. That makes you Grandpa, and Leah a grandma.” She chuckled. “And it will make me like your daughter-in-law, and you’ll be my father-in-law, and Leah my mother-in-law, or something like that. Crazy, huh?”

The attorney returned with the copies and they all stood to leave. As they were walking out, Owen had one more thing to say.

“But such a big age difference,” he said condescendingly. “ He’s so young. What do you two have in common? What do you talk about?”

“Oh, we communicate very effectively,” she said. “But you wouldn’t understand. We speak in tongues.”

“Speak in tongues? What the hell is that?”

“See? I knew you wouldn’t understand. I guess your binoculars couldn’t help you with that.”

She hurriedly walked out without another word. Dylan was waiting for her.